7558eb8b3082a3ae7f5db22d8cb112aec483d2d1
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
103 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
155 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
160 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
161 debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
164 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a GIT client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
266
267 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
268 communication between developers:
269
270 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
271
272 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
273 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
274 to prepare patches.
275
276 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
277
278 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
279 using Trac for its bug database:
280
281 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
282
283
284 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
286 @cindex dongles
287 @cindex FTDI
288 @cindex wiggler
289 @cindex zy1000
290 @cindex printer port
291 @cindex USB Adapter
292 @cindex RTCK
293
294 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
295 an adapter .... [snip]
296
297 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
298 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
299 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
300 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
301 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
302 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
303 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
304
305
306 @section Choosing a Dongle
307
308 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
309
310 @enumerate
311 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
312 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
313 other ways to communicate with target devices.
314 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
315 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
316 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
317 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
318 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
319 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
320 Ethernet port needed?
321 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
322 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
323 @end enumerate
324
325 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
326
327 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
328 stand-alone JTAG probe that unlikemost dongles doesn’t require any drivers
329 running on the developers host computer.
330 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
331 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
332 IP address assigned to the probe.
333 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
334 OpenOCD debugger.
335 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
336 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
337 the target.
338 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
339 to power cycle the target remotely.
340
341 For more information, visit:
342
343 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe}
344
345 @section USB FT2232 Based
346
347 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
348 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
349 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
350 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
351 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
352 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012 a new
353 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
354 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
355 clocking.)
356
357 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
358 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
359 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
360 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
361 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
362
363 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
364 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
365
366 @itemize @bullet
367 @item @b{usbjtag}
368 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
369 @item @b{jtagkey}
370 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
371 @item @b{jtagkey2}
372 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
373 @item @b{oocdlink}
374 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
375 @item @b{signalyzer}
376 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
377 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
378 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
379 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
380 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
381 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
382 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
383 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
384 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
385 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
386 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
387 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
388 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
390 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
392 @item @b{turtelizer2}
393 @* See:
394 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
395 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
396 @item @b{comstick}
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
398 @item @b{stm32stick}
399 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
400 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
401 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
402 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
403 @item @b{cortino}
404 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
405 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
406 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
407 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
408 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
409 @item @b{opendous}
410 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
411 (OpenHardware).
412 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
413 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
414
415 @item @b{GW16042}
416 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
417 FT2232H-based
418
419 @end itemize
420 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
421
422 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
423 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
424 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
425 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
426 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
427
428 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
429 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
430 (see the section on driver commands).
431
432 @itemize
433 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
434 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
435 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
436 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section USB JLINK based
440 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
441 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
442 AT91SAM764 internally.
443
444 @itemize @bullet
445 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
446 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
447 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
449 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
450 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
451 @end itemize
452
453 @section USB RLINK based
454 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
455 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
456 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
457
458 @itemize @bullet
459 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
461 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
462 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
463 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
464 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section USB ST-LINK based
468 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
469 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
470
471 @itemize @bullet
472 @item @b{ST-LINK}
473 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
474 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
475 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
476 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
478 @end itemize
479
480 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
481 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
482 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
483 @itemize @bullet
484 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
485 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
486 @end itemize
487
488 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
489 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
490 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
491 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
492
493 @section USB Other
494 @itemize @bullet
495 @item @b{USBprog}
496 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
497
498 @item @b{USB - Presto}
499 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
500
501 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
502 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
503
504 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
505 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
506
507 @item @b{Buspirate}
508 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
509
510 @item @b{opendous}
511 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
512
513 @item @b{estick}
514 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
515
516 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
517 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
518 @end itemize
519
520 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
521
522 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
523 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
524 these on the market.
525
526 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
527 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
528 of USB-based ones.
529
530 @itemize @bullet
531
532 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
533 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
534
535 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
536 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
537 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
538
539 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
540 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
541
542 @item @b{Wiggler2}
543 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
544
545 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
546 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
547
548 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
549 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
550
551 @item @b{arm-jtag}
552 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
553
554 @item @b{chameleon}
555 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
556
557 @item @b{Triton}
558 @* Unknown.
559
560 @item @b{Lattice}
561 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
562 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
563
564 @item @b{flashlink}
565 @* From ST Microsystems;
566 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
567
568 @end itemize
569
570 @section Other...
571 @itemize @bullet
572
573 @item @b{ep93xx}
574 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
575
576 @item @b{at91rm9200}
577 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
578
579 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
580 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
581
582 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
583 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
584 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
585
586 @end itemize
587
588 @node About Jim-Tcl
589 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
590 @cindex Jim-Tcl
591 @cindex tcl
592
593 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
594 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
595 command interpreter.
596
597 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
598 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
599 much of anything about Tcl.
600 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
601
602 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
603 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
604 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
605 OpenOCD mailing list.
606
607 @itemize @bullet
608 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
609 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
610 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
611 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
612 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
613 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
614
615 @item @b{Missing Features}
616 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
617 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
618 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
619 enabled in OpenOCD.
620
621 @item @b{Scripts}
622 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
623 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
624 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
625
626 @item @b{Commands}
627 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
628 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
629 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
630 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
631
632 @item @b{Historical Note}
633 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
634 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
635 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
636 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
637
638 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
639 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
640 @end itemize
641
642 @node Running
643 @chapter Running
644 @cindex command line options
645 @cindex logfile
646 @cindex directory search
647
648 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
649 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
650 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
651 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
652 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
653
654 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
655 tell it how each debug session should work.
656 The @option{--help} option shows:
657 @verbatim
658 bash$ openocd --help
659
660 --help | -h display this help
661 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
662 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
663 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
664 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
665 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
666 --command | -c run <command>
667 @end verbatim
668
669 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
670 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
671 To specify one or more different
672 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
673
674 @example
675 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
676 @end example
677
678 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
679 @enumerate
680 @item the current directory,
681 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
682 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
683 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
684 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
685 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
686 @end enumerate
687 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
688
689 @quotation Note
690 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
691 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
692 @end quotation
693
694 @section Simple setup, no customization
695
696 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
697 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
698 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
699 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
700 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
701
702 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
703 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
704 the server like:
705
706 @example
707 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
708 @end example
709
710 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
711 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
712 If all goes well you'll see output something like
713
714 @example
715 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
716 For bug reports, read
717 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
718 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
719 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
720 @end example
721
722 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
723 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
724 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
725
726 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
727
728 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
729 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
730 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
731 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
732 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
733 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
734 ensure that this always succeeds.
735 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
736 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
737 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
738 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
739
740 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
741 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
742 those channels.
743
744 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
745 the @option{-d} option.
746
747 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
748 @option{-c} command line switch.
749
750 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
751 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
752 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
753 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
754 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
755 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
756 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
757
758 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
759 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
760
761 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
762 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
763 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
764 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
765
766 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
767 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
768
769 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
770 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
771 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
772 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
773 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
774 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
775 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
776
777 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
778
779 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
780 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
781 and a USB cable on the other.
782 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
783 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
784
785 @enumerate
786 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
787 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
788 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
789 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
790 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
791 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
792 debugging host.
793
794 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
795 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
796 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
797 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
798 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
799
800 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
801 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
802 with 1.2 Volt boards.
803
804 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
805 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
806 ways to connect the cable.
807 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
808 Be sure it's firmly connected.
809
810 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
811 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
812 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
813 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
814 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
815 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
816 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
817 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
818
819 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
820 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
821 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
822 but are tedious to set up.
823 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
824 adapter signals to the right board pins.
825
826 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
827 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
828 you are using to run OpenOCD.
829 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
830
831 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
832 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
833 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
834
835 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
836 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
837 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
838
839 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
840 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
841 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
842 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
843
844 @end enumerate
845
846 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
847 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
848 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
849
850 @section Project Directory
851
852 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
853
854 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
855 single directory for your work with a given board.
856 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
857 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
858 files accessed through semihosting,
859 and for code you upload to the target board.
860 It is also the natural place to write files,
861 such as log files and data you download from the board.
862
863 @section Configuration Basics
864
865 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
866 a variety of ways you can mix them.
867 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
868
869 @itemize
870 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
871 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
872 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
873 @end itemize
874
875 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
876 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
877 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
878
879 @example
880 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
881
882 # GDB can also flash my flash!
883 gdb_memory_map enable
884 gdb_flash_program enable
885
886 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
887 @end example
888
889 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
890
891 @example
892 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
893 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
894 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
895 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
896 @end example
897
898 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
899 each supporting a different development task.
900 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
901 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
902
903 @quotation Important
904 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
905 problems with how it treats variables.
906 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
907 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
908 that can be tested in a later script.
909 @end quotation
910
911 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
912 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
913 to simplify your work.
914
915 @section User Config Files
916 @cindex config file, user
917 @cindex user config file
918 @cindex config file, overview
919
920 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
921 in one place.
922 One of the following will match your situation best:
923
924 @itemize
925 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
926 provided by someone else.
927 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
928 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
929 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
930 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
931 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
932 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
933
934 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
935 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
936
937 @enumerate
938 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
939 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
940 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
941 @end enumerate
942
943 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
944 The first is an interface config file.
945 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
946 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
947 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
948 meet your deadline:
949
950 @example
951 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
952 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
953 @end example
954
955 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
956 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
957 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
958 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
959
960 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
961 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
962 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
963 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
964 target and board
965 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
966 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
967
968 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
969 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
970 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
971 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
972
973 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
974 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
975 giving access to your particular flash chips.
976 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
977 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
978
979 @quotation Note
980 When you write new configuration files, please submit
981 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
982 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
983 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
984 will help support users of any board using that chip.
985 @end quotation
986
987 @item
988 You may may need to write some C code.
989 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
990 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
991 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
992 a new chip architecture.
993 @end itemize
994
995 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
996 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
997 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
998
999 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1000 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1001 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1002 @itemize
1003
1004 @item
1005 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1006 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1007 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1008 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1009
1010 @item
1011 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1012 @cindex vector_catch
1013 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1014 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1015 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1016 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1017 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1018 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1019
1020 @item
1021 You might need to override some defaults.
1022 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1023 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1024
1025 @item
1026 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1027 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1028 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1029 @end itemize
1030
1031 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1032
1033 A few project-specific utility
1034 routines may well speed up your work.
1035 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1036
1037 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1038 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1039 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1040 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1041 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1042 may help:
1043
1044 @example
1045 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1046 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1047 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1048 # Leave the CPU halted.
1049 reset init
1050
1051 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1052 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1053
1054 # Start running.
1055 resume 0x20000000
1056 @}
1057 @end example
1058
1059 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1060 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1061 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1062 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1063 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1064
1065 @example
1066 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1067 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1068 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1069 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1070 reset init
1071
1072 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1073 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1074 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1075 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1076 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1077 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1078 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1079
1080 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1081 reset run
1082 @}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1086 from NAND.
1087 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1088 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1089 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1090
1091 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1092 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1093
1094 @section Target Software Changes
1095
1096 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1097 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1098 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1099 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1100 handling issues like:
1101
1102 @itemize @bullet
1103
1104 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1105 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1106 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1107 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1108 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1109 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1110 your debug sessions.
1111
1112 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1113 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1114 That might however be your only option.
1115
1116 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1117 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1118 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1119 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1120 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1121 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1122 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1123 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1124 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1125 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1126 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1127 instead of the whole thing.
1128 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1129 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1130
1131 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1132 @cindex ARM semihosting
1133 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1134 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1135 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1136 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1137 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1138 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1139 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1140 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1141 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1142 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1143 NAND or SPI flash.
1144
1145 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1146 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1147 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1148 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1149 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1150
1151 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1152 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1153 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1154 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1155 registers which can be used to change various features including
1156 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1157 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1158 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1159 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1160 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1161
1162 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1163 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1164 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1165 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1166 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1167
1168 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1169 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1170 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1171 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1172 early code execution can be debugged
1173 or firmware can be replaced.
1174
1175 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1176 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1177 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1178 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1179 operations like writing to memory.)
1180
1181 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1182 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1183 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1184 various kinds of message.
1185 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1186
1187 @end itemize
1188
1189 @section Target Hardware Setup
1190
1191 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1192 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1193 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1194 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1195 working with.}
1196
1197 Common issues include:
1198
1199 @itemize @bullet
1200
1201 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1202 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1203 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1204 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1205 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1206 or one from a daughtercard).
1207 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1208 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1209
1210 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1211 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1212 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1213 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1214 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1215 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1216
1217 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1218 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1219 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1220 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1221 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1222
1223
1224 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1225 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1226 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1227 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1228 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1229 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1230 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1231
1232 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1233 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1234 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1235 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1236 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1237
1238 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1239 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1240 used to start booting.
1241
1242 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1243 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1244 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1245 multiple audio codec chips).
1246 This interacts with software
1247 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1248 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1249 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1250 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1251 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1252 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1253 audio or video codecs are used.
1254
1255 @end itemize
1256
1257 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1258 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1259 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1260 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1261 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1262 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1263 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1264 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1265 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1266 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1267
1268
1269 @node Config File Guidelines
1270 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1271
1272 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1273 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1274 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1275 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1276
1277 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1278 with files including the ones listed here.
1279 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1280 @itemize @bullet
1281 @item @file{interface} ...
1282 These are for debug adapters.
1283 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1284 @example
1285 $ ls interface -R
1286 interface/:
1287 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1288 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1289 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1290 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1291 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1292 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1293 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1294 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1295 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1296 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1297 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1298 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1299 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1300 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1301 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1302 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1303 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1304 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1305 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1306 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1307 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1308 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1309 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1310 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1311 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1312
1313 interface/ftdi:
1314 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1315 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1317 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1318 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1319 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1320 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1321 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1322 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1323 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1324 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1325 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1326 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1327 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1328 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1329 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1330 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1331 $
1332 @end example
1333 @item @file{board} ...
1334 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1335 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1336 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1337 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1338 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1339 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1340 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1341 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1342 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1343 a CPU and an FPGA.
1344 @example
1345 $ ls board
1346 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1347 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1348 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1349 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1350 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1351 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1352 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1353 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1354 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1355 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1356 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1357 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1358 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1359 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1360 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1361 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1362 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1363 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1364 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1365 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1366 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1367 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1368 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1369 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1370 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1371 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1372 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1373 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1374 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1375 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1376 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1377 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1378 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1379 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1380 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1381 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1382 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1383 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1384 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1385 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1386 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1387 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1388 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1389 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1390 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1391 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1392 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1393 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1394 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1395 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1396 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1397 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1398 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1399 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1400 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1401 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1402 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1403 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1404 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1405 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1406 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1407 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1408 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1409 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1410 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1411 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1412 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1413 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1414 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1415 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1416 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1417 $
1418 @end example
1419 @item @file{target} ...
1420 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1421 on a chip
1422 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1423 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1424 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1425 the target config file defines all of them.
1426 @example
1427 $ ls target
1428 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1429 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1430 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1431 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1432 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1433 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1434 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1435 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1436 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1437 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1438 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1439 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1440 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1441 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1442 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1443 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1444 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1445 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1446 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1447 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1448 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1449 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1450 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1451 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1452 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1453 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1454 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1455 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1456 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1457 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1458 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1459 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1460 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1461 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1462 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1463 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1464 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1465 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1466 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1467 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1468 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1469 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1470 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1471 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1472 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1473 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1474 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1475 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1476 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1477 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1478 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1479 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1480 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1481 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1482 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1483 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1484 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1485 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1486 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1487 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1488 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1489 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1490 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1491 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1492 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1493 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1494 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1495 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1496 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1497 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1498 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1499 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1500 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1501 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1502 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1503 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1504 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1505 @end example
1506 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1507 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1508 @end itemize
1509
1510 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1511 file may override features in any of the above files by
1512 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1513 commands specific to their situation.
1514
1515 @section Interface Config Files
1516
1517 The user config file
1518 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1519
1520 @example
1521 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1522 @end example
1523
1524 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1525 in use today with OpenOCD.
1526 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1527 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1528
1529 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1530 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1531 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1532 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1533 and need to provide a driver for it.
1534
1535 @section Board Config Files
1536 @cindex config file, board
1537 @cindex board config file
1538
1539 The user config file
1540 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1541
1542 @example
1543 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1544 @end example
1545
1546 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1547 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1548 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1549
1550 @enumerate
1551 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1552 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1553 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1554 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1555 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1556 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1557 @end enumerate
1558
1559 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1560 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1561 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1562 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1563
1564 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1565 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1566 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1567 configuration works.
1568
1569 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1570
1571 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1572 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1573 convention on how to use certain variables.
1574
1575 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1576 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1577 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1578 used at will within a target configuration file.
1579
1580 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1581 for a board with three chips:
1582
1583 @example
1584 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1585 set CHIPNAME network
1586 set ENDIAN big
1587 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1588 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1589 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1590 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1591
1592 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1593 set CHIPNAME video
1594 set ENDIAN little
1595 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1596 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1597 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1598 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1599
1600 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1601 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1602 unset ENDIAN
1603 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1604 @end example
1605
1606 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1607 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1608 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1609 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1610 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1611 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1612 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1613 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1614
1615 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1616 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1617 naming collisions.
1618
1619 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1620 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1621 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1622 up other clocks and peripherals.
1623
1624 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1625 @cindex variable names
1626
1627 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1628 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1629 one such chip (as shown above).
1630 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1631 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1632 to promote consistency and
1633 so that board files can override target defaults.
1634
1635 Inputs to target config files include:
1636
1637 @itemize @bullet
1638 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1639 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1640 tap identifier dotted names.
1641 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1642 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1643 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1644 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1645 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1646 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1647 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1648 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1649 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1650 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1651 @end itemize
1652
1653 Outputs from target config files include:
1654
1655 @itemize @bullet
1656 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1657 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1658 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1659 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1660 specific to that board and that target.
1661 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1662 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1663 @end itemize
1664
1665 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1666 @cindex event, reset-init
1667 @cindex reset-init handler
1668
1669 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1670 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1671 fully set up yet.
1672 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1673 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1674 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1675 handler is one of the most important.
1676
1677 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1678 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1679 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1680 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1681 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1682
1683 @quotation Note
1684 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1685 are included here.
1686 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1687 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1688 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1689 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1690 @end quotation
1691
1692 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1693 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1694 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1695 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1696 those as parameters.
1697 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1698 and disabling the watchdog.
1699 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1700 the next developer doing such work.
1701 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1702
1703 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1704 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1705 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1706 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1707
1708 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1709
1710 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1711 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1712 a low JTAG clock rate.
1713 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1714 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1715 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1716 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1717 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1718 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1719 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1720
1721 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1722 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1723 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1724 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1725 which might be less than that.
1726
1727 @quotation Warning
1728 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1729 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1730 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1731 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1732 @end quotation
1733
1734 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1735 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1736 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1737 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1738 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1739 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1740
1741 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1742 @subsection The init_board procedure
1743 @cindex init_board procedure
1744
1745 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1746 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1747 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1748 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1749 spearate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1750 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1751 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1752 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1753 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1754 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1755 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1756 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1757
1758 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1759 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1760
1761 @example
1762 ### board_file.cfg ###
1763
1764 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1765 source [find target/target.cfg]
1766
1767 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1768 # enables fast on-board clock source
1769 # configures the chip to use it
1770 @}
1771
1772 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1773 proc init_board @{@} @{
1774 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1775
1776 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1777 adapter_khz 1
1778 enable_fast_clock
1779 adapter_khz 10000
1780 @}
1781 @}
1782 @end example
1783
1784 @section Target Config Files
1785 @cindex config file, target
1786 @cindex target config file
1787
1788 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1789 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1790 more target config files like this:
1791
1792 @example
1793 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1794 @end example
1795
1796 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1797 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1798 In summary the target files should contain
1799
1800 @enumerate
1801 @item Set defaults
1802 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1803 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1804 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1805 @item On-Chip flash
1806 @end enumerate
1807
1808 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1809 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1810 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1811
1812 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1813 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1814 can talk to the chip.
1815 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1816 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1817 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1818 and other processing engines.
1819
1820 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1821
1822 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1823 letting board config files express environment-specific
1824 differences in how things should be set up.
1825
1826 @example
1827 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1828 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1829 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1830 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1831 @} else @{
1832 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1833 @}
1834
1835 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1836 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1837 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1838 @} else @{
1839 set _ENDIAN little
1840 @}
1841
1842 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1843 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1844 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1845 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1846 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1847 @} else @{
1848 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1849 @}
1850 @end example
1851 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1852
1853 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1854 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1855 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1856
1857 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1858 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1859 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1860
1861 @example
1862 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1863 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1864 @end example
1865
1866 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1867 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1868 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1869 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1870 for taps.
1871
1872 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1873 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1874 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1875 looks (in part) like this:
1876
1877 @example
1878 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1879 @end example
1880
1881 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1882 to source such a config file twice, with different
1883 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1884 it adds a different TAP each time.
1885
1886 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1887 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1888 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1889 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1890
1891 @example
1892 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1893 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1894 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1895 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1896 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1897 @end example
1898
1899 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1900 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1901
1902 @itemize
1903 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1904 plus a JRC to enable them
1905 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1906 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1907 is not currently used)
1908 @end itemize
1909
1910 @subsection Add CPU targets
1911
1912 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1913 GDB and other commands can use it.
1914 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1915 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1916 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1917 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1918
1919 @example
1920 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1921 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1922 @end example
1923
1924 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1925 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1926 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1927 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1928 a work area if you can.
1929 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1930
1931 @example
1932 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1933 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1934 @end example
1935
1936 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1937 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1938 @cindex SMP
1939 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1940
1941 @example
1942 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1943 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1944 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1945 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1946 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1947 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1948 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1949 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1950 @end example
1951 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1952 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1953 @itemize @bullet
1954 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1955 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1956 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1957 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1958 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1959 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1960 @end itemize
1961
1962 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1963 command have been implemented.
1964 @itemize @bullet
1965 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1966 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1967 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1968 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1969 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1970 following example.
1971 @end itemize
1972
1973 @example
1974 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1975 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1976 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1977 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1978 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
1979 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1980 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1981 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1982 > resume
1983 > cortex_a smp_gdb
1984 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1985 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1986 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1987 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
1988 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1989 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1990 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1991 @end example
1992
1993
1994 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1995
1996 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1997 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1998 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1999
2000 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2001 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2002 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2003 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2004 both signals.
2005
2006 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2007 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2008 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2009 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2010 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2011 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2012 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2013 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2014 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2015 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2016 not available.)
2017
2018 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2019 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2020 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2021 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2022 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2023 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2024 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2025 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2026
2027 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2028 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2029 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2030 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2031 slower clock than they will use later.
2032 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2033 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2034 than they will use later.
2035 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2036
2037 @quotation Important
2038 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2039 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2040 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2041 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2042 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2043 @end quotation
2044
2045 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2046 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2047 @cindex init_targets procedure
2048
2049 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2050 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2051 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2052 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2053 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2054 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2055 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2056 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2057 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2058
2059 @example
2060 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2061
2062 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2063 # basic initialization procedure ...
2064 @}
2065
2066 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2067 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2068 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2069 @}
2070
2071 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2072
2073 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2074
2075 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2076 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2077 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2078 @}
2079 @end example
2080
2081 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2082 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2083
2084 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2085
2086 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2087 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2088
2089 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2090
2091 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2092 special high speed download features - enable it.
2093
2094 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2095
2096 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2097 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2098 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2099 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2100 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2101 If you are using an external trace port,
2102 configure it in your board config file.
2103 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2104 configure it in your target config file.
2105
2106 @example
2107 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2108 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2109 @end example
2110
2111 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2112
2113 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2114
2115 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2116 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2117 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2118 the TARGET (chip) file.
2119
2120 Examples:
2121 @itemize @bullet
2122 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2123 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2124 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2125 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2126 @end itemize
2127
2128 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2129 @section Translating Configuration Files
2130 @cindex translation
2131 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2132 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2133 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2134 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2135 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2136 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2137
2138 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2139 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2140 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2141 convert other scripts later on.
2142
2143 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2144 replace job:
2145
2146 @example
2147 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2148 #
2149 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2150 #
2151 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2152 #
2153 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2154
2155 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2156 global TARGETNAME
2157
2158 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2159
2160 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2161 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2162 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2163 @}
2164 @end example
2165
2166
2167
2168 @node Daemon Configuration
2169 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2170 @cindex initialization
2171 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2172 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2173 supported.
2174
2175 @anchor{configurationstage}
2176 @section Configuration Stage
2177 @cindex configuration stage
2178 @cindex config command
2179
2180 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2181 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2182 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2183 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2184 inside startup scripts.
2185
2186 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2187 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2188 which may be issued interactively.
2189 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2190 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2191
2192 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2193 flash banks,
2194 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2195 and other basic setup.
2196 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2197 may access or activate TAPs.
2198 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2199 longer be issued.
2200
2201 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2202 @section Entering the Run Stage
2203
2204 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2205 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2206 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2207 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2208 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2209 You should see no errors at this point.
2210 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2211 commands you used to configure the server.
2212 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2213 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2214 on the scan chain.
2215
2216 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2217 become available.
2218 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2219 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2220 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2221 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2222 entry to the run stage.
2223
2224 @deffn {Config Command} init
2225 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2226 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2227 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2228 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2229 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2230 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2231
2232 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2233 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2234 configuration files and/or command line options.
2235
2236 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2237 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2238 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2239 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2240 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2241 @end deffn
2242
2243 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2244 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2245 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2246
2247 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2248 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2249 scan chain.
2250 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2251 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2252
2253 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2254 they return.
2255 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2256 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2257 @end deffn
2258
2259 @anchor{tcpipports}
2260 @section TCP/IP Ports
2261 @cindex TCP port
2262 @cindex server
2263 @cindex port
2264 @cindex security
2265 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2266 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2267 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2268
2269 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2270 access using one or more of these ports.
2271 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2272 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2273 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2274
2275 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2276 @cindex GDB server
2277 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2278 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2279 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2280 the normal use cases.
2281
2282 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2283 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2284 disables the gdb server.
2285
2286 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2287 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2288
2289 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2290 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2291
2292 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2293 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2294 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2295
2296 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2297 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2298 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2299 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2300 @end deffn
2301
2302 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2303 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2304 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2305 output from the Tcl engine.
2306 Intended as a machine interface.
2307 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2308 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2309
2310 @end deffn
2311
2312 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2313 Specify or query the
2314 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2315 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2316 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2317 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2318 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2319 @end deffn
2320
2321 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2322 @section GDB Configuration
2323 @cindex GDB
2324 @cindex GDB configuration
2325 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2326 The ones listed here are static and global.
2327 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2328 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2329
2330 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2331 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2332 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2333 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2334 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2335 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2336 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2337 @end deffn
2338
2339 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2340 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2341 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2342 vFlash packet is received.
2343 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2347 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2348 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2349 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2350 for flash programming to work.
2351 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2352 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2353 @end deffn
2354
2355 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2356 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2357 by GDB memory read packets.
2358 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2359 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2360 @end deffn
2361
2362 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2363 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2364 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2368 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2369
2370 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @anchor{eventpolling}
2374 @section Event Polling
2375
2376 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2377 where significant events can happen at any time.
2378 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2379 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2380 or to GDB.
2381
2382 Examples of such events include:
2383
2384 @itemize
2385 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2386 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2387 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2388 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2389 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2390 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2391 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2392 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2393 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2394 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2395 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2396 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2397 @end itemize
2398
2399 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2400 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2401 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2402 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2403 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2404
2405 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2406 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2407 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2408 to the various active targets.
2409 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2410 which is normally done in the background.
2411
2412 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2413 Poll the current target for its current state.
2414 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2415 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2416 specific information about the current state is printed.
2417 An optional parameter
2418 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2419
2420 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2421 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2422 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2423 @example
2424 > poll
2425 background polling: on
2426 target state: halted
2427 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2428 current mode: Supervisor
2429 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2430 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2431 >
2432 @end example
2433 @end deffn
2434
2435 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2436 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2437 @cindex config file, interface
2438 @cindex interface config file
2439
2440 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2441 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2442 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2443
2444 @quotation Note
2445 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2446 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2447 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2448 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2449 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2450 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2451 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2452 @end quotation
2453
2454 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2455 through commands in an interface configuration
2456 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2457 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2458
2459 @example
2460 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2461 @end example
2462
2463 These commands tell
2464 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2465 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2466
2467 @example
2468 # jlink interface
2469 interface jlink
2470 @end example
2471
2472 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2473
2474
2475 @section Interface Configuration
2476
2477 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2478 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2479 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2480
2481 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2482 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2483 target.
2484 @end deffn
2485
2486 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2487 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2488 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2489 @end deffn
2490 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2491 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2492 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2493 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2494 the hardware can support.
2495 @end deffn
2496
2497
2498
2499 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2500 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2501 @end deffn
2502
2503 @section Interface Drivers
2504
2505 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2506 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2507 available at run time.
2508
2509 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2510 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2511 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2512 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2513
2514 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2515 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2516 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2517 @end deffn
2518
2519 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2520 Displays status of RTCK option.
2521 Optionally sets that option first.
2522 @end deffn
2523 @end deffn
2524
2525 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2526 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2527 This has one driver-specific command:
2528
2529 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2530 Logs some status
2531 @end deffn
2532 @end deffn
2533
2534 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2535 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2536 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2537 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2538 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2539 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2540 @end deffn
2541
2542 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2543 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2544 @end deffn
2545
2546 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2547 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2548 @end deffn
2549
2550 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2551 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2552
2553 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2554 recommended as its replacement.
2555
2556 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2557 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2558
2559 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2560 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2561 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2562 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2563 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2564 @end deffn
2565
2566 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2567 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2568 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2569 is connected to the host.
2570 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2571 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2572 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2573 @end deffn
2574
2575 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2576 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2577 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2578 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2579 @itemize @minus
2580 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2581 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2582 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2583 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2584 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2585 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2586 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2587 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2588 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2589 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2590 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2591 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2592 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2593 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2594 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2595 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2596 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2597 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2598 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2599 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2600 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2601 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2602 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2603 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2604 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2605 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2606 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2607 @end itemize
2608 @end deffn
2609
2610 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2611 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2612 default values are used.
2613 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2614 @example
2615 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2616 @end example
2617 @end deffn
2618
2619 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2620 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2621 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2622 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2623 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2624 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2625 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2626 @end deffn
2627
2628 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2629 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2630 The default value is 1.
2631 @end deffn
2632
2633 For example, the interface config file for a
2634 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2635
2636 @example
2637 interface ft2232
2638 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2639 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2640 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2641 @end example
2642 @end deffn
2643
2644 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2645 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2646 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2647 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2648 interface driver.
2649
2650 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2651 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2652 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2653
2654 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2655 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2656 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2657
2658 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2659 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2660 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2661 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2662 will be used for their customary purpose.
2663
2664 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2665 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2666 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2667 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2668
2669 @itemize @minus
2670 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2671 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2672 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2673 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2674 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2675 switching data and direction as necessary
2676 @end itemize
2677
2678 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2679 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2680
2681 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2682 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2683 default values are used.
2684 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2685 @example
2686 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2687 @end example
2688 @end deffn
2689
2690 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2691 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2692 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2693 during device selection.
2694 @end deffn
2695
2696 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2697 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2698 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2699 is connected to the host.
2700 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2701 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2702 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2703 @end deffn
2704
2705 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2706 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2707 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2708 @end deffn
2709
2710 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2711 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2712 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2713 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2714 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2715 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2716 and initially asserted reset signals.
2717 @end deffn
2718
2719 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2720 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2721 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2722 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2723 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2724 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2725 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2726 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2727 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2728
2729 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2730 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2731 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2732 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2733 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2734 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2735
2736 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2737 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2738 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2739 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2740 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2741 are always driven by the FTDI.
2742 @end deffn
2743
2744 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2745 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2746 @itemize @minus
2747 @item @option{0}, drive low
2748 @item @option{1}, drive high
2749 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2750 @end itemize
2751 @end deffn
2752
2753 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2754 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2755 @end deffn
2756
2757 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2758 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2759 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2760 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2761
2762 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2763 processors which are being simulated.
2764
2765 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2766 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2767 sockets instead of TCP.
2768 @end deffn
2769
2770 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2771 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2772 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2773 @end deffn
2774
2775 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2776 something like:
2777
2778 @example
2779 interface remote_bitbang
2780 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2781 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2782 @end example
2783
2784 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2785 named mysocket:
2786
2787 @example
2788 interface remote_bitbang
2789 remote_bitbang_port 0
2790 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2791 @end example
2792 @end deffn
2793
2794 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2795 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2796 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2797 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2798
2799 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2800 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2801 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2802 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2803 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2804 @end deffn
2805
2806 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2807 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2808 default values are used.
2809 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2810 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2811 @example
2812 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2813 @end example
2814 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2815 @example
2816 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2817 @end example
2818 @end deffn
2819
2820 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2821 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2822 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2823 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2824
2825 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2826 @example
2827 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2828 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2829 @end example
2830 @end deffn
2831
2832 @end deffn
2833
2834 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2835 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2836 This has one driver-specific command:
2837
2838 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2839 Display either the address of the I/O port
2840 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2841 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2842 This is a write-once setting.
2843 @end deffn
2844 @end deffn
2845
2846 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2847 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2848
2849 @quotation Compatibility Note
2850 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2851 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2852 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2853 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2854 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2855 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2856 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2857 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2858 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2859 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2860 @end quotation
2861
2862 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2863 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2864 @end deffn
2865 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2866 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2867 @end deffn
2868 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2869 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2870 @end deffn
2871 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2872 Display the J-Link configuration.
2873 @end deffn
2874 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2875 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2876 @end deffn
2877 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2878 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2879 @end deffn
2880 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2881 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2882 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2883 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2884 @end deffn
2885 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2886 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2887 @end deffn
2888 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2889 Reset the current configuration.
2890 @end deffn
2891 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2892 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2893 @end deffn
2894 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2895 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2896 @end deffn
2897 @end deffn
2898
2899 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2900 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2901 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2902 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2903 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2904
2905 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2906 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2907 This is a write-once setting.
2908 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2909
2910 @itemize @minus
2911 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2912 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2913 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2914 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2915 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2916 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2917 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2918 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2919 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2920 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2921 some versions of
2922 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2923 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2924 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2925 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2926 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2927 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2928 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2929 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2930 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2931 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2932 @end itemize
2933 @end deffn
2934
2935 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2936 Display either the address of the I/O port
2937 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2938 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2939 This is a write-once setting.
2940
2941 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2942 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2943 you may encounter a problem.
2944 @end deffn
2945
2946 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2947 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2948 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2949 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2950 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2951 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2952
2953 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2954 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2955 @quotation Tip
2956 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2957 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2958 @example
2959 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2960 > adapter_khz 500
2961 @end example
2962 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2963 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2964 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2965 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2966 large set of samples.
2967 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2968 @example
2969 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2970 @end example
2971 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2972 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2973
2974 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2975 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2976 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2977 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2978 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2979 @end quotation
2980 @end deffn
2981
2982 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2983 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2984 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2985 @end deffn
2986
2987 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2988 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2989
2990 @example
2991 interface parport
2992 parport_port 0x278
2993 parport_cable wiggler
2994 @end example
2995 @end deffn
2996
2997 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2998 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2999 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3000 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3001 @end deffn
3002 @end deffn
3003
3004 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3005 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3006 @end deffn
3007
3008 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3009 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3010 @end deffn
3011
3012 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3013 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3014
3015 @quotation Note
3016 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3017 which are not currently documented here.
3018 @end quotation
3019 @end deffn
3020
3021 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3022 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3023 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3024 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3025
3026 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3027
3028 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3029 Currently Not Supported.
3030 @end deffn
3031
3032 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3033 Currently Not Supported.
3034 @end deffn
3035
3036 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3037 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3038 @end deffn
3039
3040 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3041 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3042 @end deffn
3043
3044 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3045 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3046 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3047 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3048 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3049 @end deffn
3050 @end deffn
3051
3052 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3053 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3054 @end deffn
3055
3056 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3057 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3058 @end deffn
3059
3060 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3061 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3062 @end deffn
3063
3064 @quotation Note
3065 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3066 which are not currently documented here.
3067 @end quotation
3068
3069 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3070 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3071 No arguments: print status.
3072 @end deffn
3073
3074 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3075 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3076 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3077
3078 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3079 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3080 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3081 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3082 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3083 configuration on exit.
3084
3085 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3086 pinout.
3087
3088 @end deffn
3089
3090 @section Transport Configuration
3091 @cindex Transport
3092 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3093 and the debug adapter you are using,
3094 several transports may be available to
3095 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3096 @deffn Command {transport list}
3097 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3098 version of OpenOCD.
3099 @end deffn
3100
3101 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3102 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3103 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3104 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3105 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3106 @end deffn
3107
3108 @subsection JTAG Transport
3109 @cindex JTAG
3110 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3111 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3112 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3113 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3114 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3115 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3116 @subsection SWD Transport
3117 @cindex SWD
3118 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3119 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3120 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3121 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3122 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3123 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3124 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3125 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3126 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3127 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3128 expected to change.
3129 @end deffn
3130 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3131 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3132 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3133 No parameters: displays current settings.
3134 @end deffn
3135
3136 @subsection SPI Transport
3137 @cindex SPI
3138 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3139 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3140 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3141 solution for flash programming.
3142
3143 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3144 @section JTAG Speed
3145 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3146 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3147 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3148 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3149 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3150 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3151 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3152 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3153 power management software that may be active.
3154
3155 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3156 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3157 target event handler.
3158 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3159 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3160 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3161 sets up those clocks).
3162 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3163 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3164 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3165 in the target config file.
3166 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3167 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3168 config file instead.
3169 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3170 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3171 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3172
3173 @example
3174 jtag_rclk 3000
3175 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3176 @end example
3177
3178 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3179 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3180 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3181 may not be the fastest solution.
3182
3183 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3184 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3185 which support adaptive clocking.
3186
3187 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3188 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3189 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3190 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3191 than the speed specified.
3192
3193 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3194 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3195 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3196 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3197
3198 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3199 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3200 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3201 JTAG clocking after setup.
3202 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3203 If the interface device can not
3204 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3205 @end deffn
3206
3207 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3208 @cindex adaptive clocking
3209 @cindex RTCK
3210 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3211 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3212 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3213 @example
3214 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3215 jtag_rclk 3000
3216 @end example
3217 @end defun
3218
3219 @node Reset Configuration
3220 @chapter Reset Configuration
3221 @cindex Reset Configuration
3222
3223 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3224 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3225 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3226 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3227 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3228 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3229 Please see the various board files for examples.
3230
3231 @quotation Note
3232 To maintainers and integrators:
3233 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3234 Normally the board configuration file
3235 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3236 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3237
3238 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3239 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3240 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3241 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3242 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3243 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3244 @end quotation
3245
3246 @section Types of Reset
3247
3248 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3249 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3250 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3251
3252 @itemize @bullet
3253 @item
3254 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3255 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3256 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3257 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3258 @item
3259 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3260 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3261 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3262 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3263 @item
3264 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3265 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3266 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3267 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3268 @item
3269 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3270 several other types of reset.
3271 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3272 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3273 There may be individual module resets.
3274 @end itemize
3275
3276 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3277 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3278 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3279 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3280 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3281 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3282 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3283 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3284 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3285
3286 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3287 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3288
3289 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3290 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3291 common issues are:
3292
3293 @itemize @bullet
3294
3295 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3296 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3297 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3298 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3299 when either of those signals is not connected.
3300 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3301 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3302 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3303 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3304
3305 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3306 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3307 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3308 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3309
3310 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3311 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3312 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3313 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3314 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3315 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3316 hardware debouncing.
3317 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3318 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3319
3320 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3321 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3322 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3323 to use push/pull output drivers.
3324 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3325 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3326 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3327 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3328
3329 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3330 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3331 issues (not limited to errata).
3332 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3333 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3334 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3335 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3336 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3337 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3338 @end itemize
3339
3340 There can also be other issues.
3341 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3342 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3343 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3344 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3345 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3346 Agreement (NDA).
3347
3348 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3349 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3350 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3351
3352 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3353 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3354
3355 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3356
3357 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3358 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3359 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3360 allowing it to be deasserted.
3361 @end deffn
3362
3363 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3364 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3365 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3366 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3367 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3368 @end deffn
3369
3370 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3371 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3372 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3373 allowing it to be deasserted.
3374 @end deffn
3375
3376 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3377 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3378 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3379 @end deffn
3380
3381 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3382 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3383 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3384 configuration scripts.
3385
3386 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3387 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3388 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3389 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3390 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3391 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3392 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3393 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3394
3395 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3396 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3397 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3398 -- may be specified at a time.
3399 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3400 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3401 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3402 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3403 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3404
3405 @itemize
3406 @item
3407 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3408 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3409 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3410 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3411 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3412
3413 @quotation Tip
3414 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3415 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3416 @end quotation
3417
3418 @item
3419 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3420 signal implementations.
3421 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3422 indicating everything behaves normally.
3423 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3424 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3425 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3426 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3427 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3428 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3429 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3430
3431 @item
3432 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3433 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3434 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3435 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3436 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3437 while SRST is asserted.
3438 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3439 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3440
3441 @item
3442 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3443 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3444 is required to use this option.
3445 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3446 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3447 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3448 be asserted before any target connection.
3449 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3450 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3451 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3452 @end itemize
3453
3454 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3455 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3456 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3457 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3458 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3459
3460 @itemize
3461 @item
3462 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3463 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3464 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3465 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3466
3467 @item
3468 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3469 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3470 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3471 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3472 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3473 @end itemize
3474 @end deffn
3475
3476 @section Custom Reset Handling
3477 @cindex events
3478
3479 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3480 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3481 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3482 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3483 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3484 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3485
3486 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3487 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3488 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3489 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3490 want to reset everything at once.
3491
3492 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3493 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3494 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3495 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3496 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3497 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3498 needs special attention.
3499
3500 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3501 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3502 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3503 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3504 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3505 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3506 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3507 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3508
3509 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3510 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3511 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3512 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3513 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3514
3515 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3516 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3517 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3518 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3519 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3520 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3521 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3522 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3523 or potentially some other value.
3524
3525 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3526 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3527 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3528 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3529 (or their associated targets)
3530 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3531
3532 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3533 they return.
3534 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3535 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3536 @end deffn
3537
3538 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3539 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3540 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3541 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3542 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3543 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3544 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3545 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3546 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3547 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3548 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3549 @end deffn
3550
3551 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3552 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3553 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3554 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3555 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3556 @end deffn
3557
3558
3559 @node TAP Declaration
3560 @chapter TAP Declaration
3561 @cindex TAP declaration
3562 @cindex TAP configuration
3563
3564 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3565 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3566
3567 @itemize @bullet
3568 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3569 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3570 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3571 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3572 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3573 start running that code.
3574 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3575 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3576 and missing connections
3577 @end itemize
3578
3579 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3580 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3581 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3582 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3583 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3584
3585 @section Scan Chains
3586 @cindex scan chain
3587
3588 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3589 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3590 They also need to be added to
3591 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3592 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3593 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3594 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3595 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3596 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3597 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3598 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3599
3600 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3601 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3602 command, presented in the next chapter.
3603 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3604 debugging targets.)
3605 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3606
3607 @verbatim
3608 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3609 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3610 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3611 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3612 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3613 @end verbatim
3614
3615 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3616 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3617 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3618 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3619 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3620 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3621 until they are told to do so.
3622
3623 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3624 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3625 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3626 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3627
3628 @example
3629 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3630 @end example
3631
3632 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3633 by a given chip.
3634 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3635 and so forth.
3636 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3637 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3638 a single chip and between them.
3639 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3640
3641 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3642 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3643 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3644 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3645 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3646 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3647 includes commands something like this:
3648
3649 @example
3650 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3651 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3652 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3653 @end example
3654
3655 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3656 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3657 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3658
3659 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3660 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3661 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3662 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3663 @example
3664 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3665 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3666 @}
3667 @end example
3668 @end deffn
3669
3670 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3671 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3672 and their status.
3673 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3674 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3675 but systems with a JTAG router can
3676 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3677 @end deffn
3678
3679 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3680 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3681
3682 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3683 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3684
3685 @section TAP Names
3686 @cindex dotted name
3687
3688 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3689 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3690 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3691 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3692 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3693 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3694 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3695 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3696
3697 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3698 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3699 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3700
3701 @quotation Tip
3702 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3703 This feature is still present.
3704 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3705 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3706 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3707 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3708 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3709 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3710 @end quotation
3711
3712 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3713
3714 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3715 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3716 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3717 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3718
3719 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3720 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3721 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3722 overridable.
3723
3724 @cindex TAP naming convention
3725 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3726 and should follow this convention:
3727
3728 @itemize @bullet
3729 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3730 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3731 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3732 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3733 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3734 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3735 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3736 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3737 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3738 with a single TAP;
3739 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3740 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3741 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3742 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3743 @end itemize
3744
3745 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3746
3747 @itemize @bullet
3748 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3749 @*The length in bits of the
3750 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3751 @end itemize
3752
3753 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3754
3755 @itemize @bullet
3756 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3757 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3758 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3759 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3760 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3761 (the TAP is linked in).
3762 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3763 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3764 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3765 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3766 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3767 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3768 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3769 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3770 values that were found but not included in the list.
3771
3772 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3773 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3774 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3775 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3776 hardware to find these values.
3777 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3778 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3779 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3780 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3781 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3782 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3783 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3784 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3785 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3786 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3787 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3788 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3789 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3790 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3791 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3792 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3793 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3794 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3795 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3796 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3797 @end itemize
3798 @end deffn
3799
3800 @section Other TAP commands
3801
3802 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3803 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3804 At this writing this TAP attribute
3805 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3806 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3807 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3808 See the next section for information about the available events.
3809
3810 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3811 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3812 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3813 @end deffn
3814
3815 @section TAP Events
3816 @cindex events
3817 @cindex TAP events
3818
3819 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3820 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3821 The other applies to debugger targets,
3822 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3823
3824 The TAP events currently defined are:
3825
3826 @itemize @bullet
3827 @item @b{post-reset}
3828 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3829 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3830 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3831 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3832 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3833
3834 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3835 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3836 of any particular target.
3837 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3838 @item @b{setup}
3839 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3840 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3841 @item @b{tap-disable}
3842 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3843 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3844 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3845 @item @b{tap-enable}
3846 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3847 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3848 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3849 @end itemize
3850
3851 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3852 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3853 contents to be accurate), you might:
3854
3855 @example
3856 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3857 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3858 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3859 @}
3860 @end example
3861
3862
3863 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3864 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3865 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3866 @cindex jrc
3867
3868 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3869 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3870 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3871 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3872 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3873
3874 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3875 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3876 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3877 be visible.
3878 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3879 ignores, such as:
3880
3881 @itemize
3882 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3883 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3884 TAPs receive new instructions.
3885 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3886 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3887 @end itemize
3888
3889 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3890 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3891 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3892 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3893
3894 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3895 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3896
3897 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3898 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3899 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3900 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3901 should define TAP event handlers using
3902 code that looks something like this:
3903
3904 @example
3905 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3906 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3907 @}
3908 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3909 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3910 @}
3911 @end example
3912
3913 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3914
3915 @example
3916 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3917 @end example
3918
3919 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3920 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3921 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3922 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3923
3924 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3925 If necessary, disables the tap
3926 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3927 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3928 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3929 and "0" if it is disabled.
3930 @end deffn
3931
3932 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3933 If necessary, enables the tap
3934 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3935 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3936 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3937 and "0" if it is disabled.
3938 @end deffn
3939
3940 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3941 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3942 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3943 and "0" if it is disabled.
3944
3945 @quotation Note
3946 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3947 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3948 @end quotation
3949 @end deffn
3950
3951 @anchor{autoprobing}
3952 @section Autoprobing
3953 @cindex autoprobe
3954 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3955
3956 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3957 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3958 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3959 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3960
3961 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3962 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3963 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3964 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3965 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3966 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3967 right when they come out of reset).
3968
3969 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3970
3971 @example
3972 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3973 reset_config trst_and_srst
3974 jtag_rclk 8
3975 @end example
3976
3977 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3978 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3979
3980 @enumerate
3981 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3982 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3983 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3984 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3985 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3986 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3987 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3988 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3989 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3990 that is discovered.
3991 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3992 register, it will report it.
3993 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3994 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3995 @end enumerate
3996
3997 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3998 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3999 that's a bit more complex:
4000
4001 @example
4002 clock speed 8 kHz
4003 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4004 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4005 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4006 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4007 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4008 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4009 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4010 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4011 @end example
4012
4013 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4014 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4015 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4016 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4017 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4018 and so forth.
4019
4020 @node CPU Configuration
4021 @chapter CPU Configuration
4022 @cindex GDB target
4023
4024 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4025 You can also access these targets without GDB
4026 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4027 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4028 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4029 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4030
4031 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4032 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4033
4034 @section Target List
4035 @cindex target, current
4036 @cindex target, list
4037
4038 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4039 where each member has a name.
4040 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4041 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4042 (plural!) command.
4043 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4044 look like with more than one:
4045 @verbatim
4046 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4047 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4048 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4049 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4050 @end verbatim
4051
4052 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4053 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4054 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4055 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4056 space seen by that current target.
4057 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4058 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4059 are examples; and there are many more.
4060
4061 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4062
4063 @deffn Command {target count}
4064 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4065 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4066 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4067
4068 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4069 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4070 @example
4071 set c [target count]
4072 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4073 # Assuming you have created this function
4074 print_target_details $x
4075 @}
4076 @end example
4077 @end deffn
4078
4079 @deffn Command {target current}
4080 Returns the name of the current target.
4081 @end deffn
4082
4083 @deffn Command {target names}
4084 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4085 @example
4086 foreach t [target names] @{
4087 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4088 @}
4089 @end example
4090 @end deffn
4091
4092 @deffn Command {target number} number
4093 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4094 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4095
4096 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4097 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4098 @example
4099 set thename [target number $x]
4100 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4101 @end example
4102 @end deffn
4103
4104 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4105 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4106
4107 @deffn Command targets [name]
4108 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4109 command names are singular.}
4110
4111 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4112 targets in a user friendly form.
4113
4114 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4115 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4116 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4117 @end deffn
4118
4119 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4120 @cindex target type
4121 @cindex CPU type
4122 @cindex CPU variant
4123
4124 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4125 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4126 when calling @command{target create}.
4127 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4128 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4129 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4130 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4131 what core-specific commands may be available
4132 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4133 and more.
4134
4135 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4136 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4137 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4138 worked around in some chip versions.
4139
4140 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4141 since there's a command to list them.
4142 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4143 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4144
4145 @anchor{targettypes}
4146 @deffn Command {target types}
4147 Lists all supported target types.
4148 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4149
4150 @itemize @bullet
4151 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4152 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4153 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4154 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4155 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4156 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4157 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4158 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4159 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4160 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4161 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4162 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4163 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4164 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4165 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4166 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4167 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4168 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4169 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4170 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4171 There are several variants defined:
4172 @itemize @minus
4173 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4174 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4175 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4176 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4177 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4178 @end itemize
4179 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4180 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4181 @itemize @minus
4182 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4183 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4184 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4185 @end itemize
4186 And two debug interfaces cores:
4187 @itemize @minus
4188 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4189 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4190 @end itemize
4191 @end itemize
4192 @end deffn
4193
4194 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4195 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4196 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4197 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4198 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4199 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4200 reflect design generations;
4201 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4202 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4203
4204 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4205 @section Target Configuration
4206
4207 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4208 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4209 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4210 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4211 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4212
4213 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4214 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4215 optional parts.
4216 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4217 command, created as part of target creation.
4218
4219 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4220 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4221 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4222 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4223 to be much more board-specific.
4224 The key steps you use might look something like this
4225
4226 @example
4227 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4228 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4229 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4230 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4231 @end example
4232
4233 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4234 on-chip SRAM.
4235 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4236 writes to target memory;
4237 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4238 GDB memory checksumming;
4239 and more.
4240
4241 @quotation Warning
4242 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4243 inaccessible when application code
4244 (such as an operating system)
4245 enables or disables the MMU.
4246 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4247 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4248 easy access to other addresses needed.
4249 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4250 @end quotation
4251
4252 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4253 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4254 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4255 controllers.
4256 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4257 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4258 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4259
4260 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4261 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4262 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4263 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4264 purposes including additional configuration.
4265
4266 @itemize @bullet
4267 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4268 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4269 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4270 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4271
4272 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4273 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4274 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4275 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4276 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4277 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4278 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4279 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4280
4281 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4282 @end itemize
4283 @end deffn
4284
4285 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4286 The options accepted by this command may also be
4287 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4288 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4289 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4290
4291 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4292 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4293 and changing its endianness or variant.
4294
4295 @itemize @bullet
4296
4297 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4298 used to access this target.
4299
4300 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4301 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4302
4303 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4304 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4305 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4306 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4307 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4308 same event name assigns only one handler.
4309
4310 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4311 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4312
4313 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4314 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4315 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4316 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4317 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4318 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4319 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4320
4321 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4322 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4323 or virtual address is being used.
4324
4325 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4326 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4327
4328 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4329 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4330 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4331 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4332 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4333
4334 @anchor{rtostype}
4335 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4336 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4337 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4338 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4339
4340 @end itemize
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @section Other $target_name Commands
4344 @cindex object command
4345
4346 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4347 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4348
4349 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4350 Once a button is created a button
4351 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4352 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4353 configure it like this:
4354
4355 @example
4356 # Create
4357 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4358 # Modify
4359 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4360 # Query
4361 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4362 # Report
4363 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4364 @end example
4365
4366 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4367 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4368
4369 @example
4370 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4371 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4372 @end example
4373
4374 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4375
4376 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4377 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4378 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4379 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4380 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4381 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4382 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4383 They are not otherwise documented here.
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4387 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4388 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4389 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4390 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4391 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4392 the target side uses raw memory.
4393
4394 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4395 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4396 The script orientation comes from working with data
4397 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4398 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4399 and neither store nor return those values.
4400
4401 @itemize
4402 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4403 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4404 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4405 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4406 @end itemize
4407 @end deffn
4408
4409 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4410 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4411 @command{$target_name configure}
4412 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4413 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4414 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4415 There are a few special cases:
4416
4417 @itemize @bullet
4418 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4419 event named @var{event_name}.
4420 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4421 two parameters.
4422 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4423 This is a special case because this is set using
4424 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4425 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4426 @end itemize
4427
4428 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4429 all the targets you might use something like this:
4430
4431 @example
4432 foreach name [target names] @{
4433 set y [$name cget -endian]
4434 set z [$name cget -type]
4435 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4436 $x $name $y $z]
4437 @}
4438 @end example
4439 @end deffn
4440
4441 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4442 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4443 Displays the current target state:
4444 @code{debug-running},
4445 @code{halted},
4446 @code{reset},
4447 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4448 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4449 @end deffn
4450
4451 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4452 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4453 currently associated with this target.
4454 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4455 @end deffn
4456
4457 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4458 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4459 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4460 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4461 @end deffn
4462
4463 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4464 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4465 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4466 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4467 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4468 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4469 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4470 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4471 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4475 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4476 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4477 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4478 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4479 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4480 @end deffn
4481
4482 @anchor{targetevents}
4483 @section Target Events
4484 @cindex target events
4485 @cindex events
4486 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4487 For example:
4488 @itemize @bullet
4489 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4490 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4491 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4492 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4493 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4494 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4495 to set up system clocks or
4496 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4497 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4498 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4499 @end itemize
4500
4501 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4502 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4503 @command{target create ... -event}.
4504
4505 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4506 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4507 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4508
4509 @example
4510 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4511 echo "Reset..."
4512 reset halt
4513 @}
4514 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4515 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4516 echo "Reset..."
4517 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4518 reset init
4519 @}
4520 @end example
4521
4522 The following target events are defined:
4523
4524 @itemize @bullet
4525 @item @b{debug-halted}
4526 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4527 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4528 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4529 @item @b{early-halted}
4530 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4531 @item @b{examine-start}
4532 @* Before target examine is called.
4533 @item @b{examine-end}
4534 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4535 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4536 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4537 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4538 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4539 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4540 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4541 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4542 @* When GDB disconnects
4543 @item @b{gdb-end}
4544 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4545 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4546 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4547 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4548 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4549 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4550 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4551 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4552 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4553 @item @b{gdb-start}
4554 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4555 @item @b{halted}
4556 @* The target has halted
4557 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4558 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4559 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4560 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4561 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4562 @item @b{reset-assert}
4563 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4564 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4565 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4566 it instead of asserting SRST.
4567 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4568 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4569 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4570 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4571 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4572 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4573 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4574 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4575 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4576 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4577 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4578 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4579 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4580 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4581 released on the scan chain.
4582 @item @b{reset-end}
4583 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4584 @ignore
4585 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4586 @* Currently not used
4587 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4588 @* Currently not used
4589 @end ignore
4590 @item @b{reset-init}
4591 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4592 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4593
4594 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4595 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4596 multiplexing, and so on.
4597 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4598 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4599 @item @b{reset-start}
4600 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4601 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4602
4603 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4604 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4605 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4606 @ignore
4607 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4608 @* Currently not used
4609 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4610 @* Currently not used
4611 @end ignore
4612 @item @b{resume-start}
4613 @* Before any target is resumed
4614 @item @b{resume-end}
4615 @* After all targets have resumed
4616 @item @b{resumed}
4617 @* Target has resumed
4618 @end itemize
4619
4620 @node Flash Commands
4621 @chapter Flash Commands
4622
4623 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4624 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4625 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4626 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4627 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4628 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4629 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4630 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4631 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4632
4633 Flash Steps:
4634 @enumerate
4635 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4636 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4637 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4638 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4639 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4640 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4641 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4642 @item GDB Flashing
4643 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4644 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4645 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4646 @end enumerate
4647
4648 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4649 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4650 so that it can't boot.
4651 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4652 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4653
4654 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4655 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4656 @cindex flash configuration
4657
4658 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4659 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4660 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4661 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4662 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4663 see the driver-specific documentation.
4664
4665 @itemize @bullet
4666 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4667 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4668 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4669 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4670 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4671 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4672 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4673 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4674 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4675 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4676 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4677 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4678 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4679 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4680 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4681 commands to the flash controller.
4682 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4683 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4684 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4685 for more information.
4686 @end itemize
4687 @quotation Note
4688 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4689 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4690 @end quotation
4691 @end deffn
4692
4693 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4694 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4695 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4696 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4697 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4698 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4699 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4700 @end deffn
4701
4702 @deffn Command {flash list}
4703 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4704 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4705 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4706 @end deffn
4707
4708 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4709 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4710 depends on the flash type.
4711 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4712 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4713 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4714 but most don't bother.
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4718 @cindex flash erasing
4719 @cindex flash reading
4720 @cindex flash writing
4721 @cindex flash programming
4722 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4723
4724 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4725 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4726 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4727 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4728 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4729
4730 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4731 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4732 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4733 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4734 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4735
4736 @quotation Note
4737 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4738 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4739 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4740 back to a flash bank.
4741 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4742 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4743 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4744 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4745 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4746 @end quotation
4747
4748 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4749 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4750 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4751 disabled first.
4752 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4753 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4754 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4755
4756 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4757 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4758 up to and including @var{last}.
4759 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4760 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4761 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4762 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4766 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4767 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4768 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4769 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4770 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4771 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4772 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4773 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4774 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4775 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4776 before erase starts.
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4780 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4781 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4782 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4783 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4784 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4785 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4786 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4787 before issuing this command.
4788 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4789 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4790 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4791 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4792 @end deffn
4793 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4794
4795 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4796 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4797 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4798 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4799 @end deffn
4800
4801 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4802 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4803 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4804 to the base address for each section in the image.
4805 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4806 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4807 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4808 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4809 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4810 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4811 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4812 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4813 each image section.
4814
4815 @quotation Warning
4816 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4817 data you want to preserve.
4818 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4819 sections might be erased with no notice.
4820 @itemize
4821 @item
4822 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4823 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4824 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4825 @item
4826 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4827 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4828 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4829 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4830 @end itemize
4831 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4832 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4833 @end quotation
4834
4835 @end deffn
4836
4837 @section Other Flash commands
4838 @cindex flash protection
4839
4840 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4841 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4842 and display that status.
4843 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4847 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4848 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4849 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4850 and possibly stale information.
4851 @end deffn
4852
4853 @anchor{flashprotect}
4854 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4855 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4856 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4857 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4858 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4859 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4860 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4861 @end deffn
4862
4863 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4864 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4865 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4866 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4867 @end deffn
4868
4869 @anchor{program}
4870 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4871 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4872 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4873 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4874 @end deffn
4875
4876 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4877 @section Flash Driver List
4878 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4879 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4880 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4881
4882 @subsection External Flash
4883
4884 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4885 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4886 @cindex CFI
4887 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4888 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4889 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4890 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4891 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4892 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4893 configure a bus and its timings), or
4894 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4895 on the flash chip.
4896 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4897 speed up operation.
4898
4899 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4900
4901 @itemize
4902 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4903 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4904 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4905 @end itemize
4906
4907 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4908 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4909
4910 @example
4911 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4912 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4913 @end example
4914
4915 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4916 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4917 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4918
4919 @example
4920 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4921 @end example
4922
4923 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4924 @end deffn
4925
4926 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4927 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4928 @cindex SPIFI
4929 @cindex lpcspifi
4930 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4931 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4932 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4933
4934 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4935 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4936 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4937 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4938 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4939
4940 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4941 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4942 are configured by the driver.
4943
4944 @example
4945 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4946 @end example
4947
4948 @end deffn
4949
4950 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4951 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4952 @cindex SMI
4953 @cindex stmsmi
4954 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4955 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4956 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4957 SPI flash devices.
4958 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4959 flash devices can be connected.
4960
4961 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4962 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4963 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4964 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4965 the flash content.
4966
4967 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4968 to identify the memory bank.
4969 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4970 flash size, are detected automatically.
4971
4972 @example
4973 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4974 @end example
4975
4976 @end deffn
4977
4978 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4979
4980 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4981 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4982 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4983 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4984 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4985 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4986
4987 @example
4988 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4989 @end example
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @anchor{at91sam3}
4993 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4994 @cindex at91sam3
4995 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4996 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4997 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4998 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4999 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5000 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5001 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5002 chips are confirmed.}
5003
5004 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5005 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5006 the following fixed locations:
5007
5008 @example
5009 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5010 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5011 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5012 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5013 @end example
5014
5015 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5016 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5017 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5018
5019 @itemize
5020 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5021 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5022 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5023 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5024 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5025 @end itemize
5026
5027 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5028
5029 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5030 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5031 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5032 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5033 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5034 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5035 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5036
5037 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5038 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5039 @end deffn
5040
5041 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5042 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5043 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5044 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5045 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5046 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5047 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5048 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5049 @end deffn
5050
5051 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5052 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5053 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5054 @end deffn
5055 @end deffn
5056
5057 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5058 @cindex at91sam4
5059 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5060 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5061 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5062 @end deffn
5063
5064 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5065 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5066 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5067 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5068 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5069
5070 @example
5071 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5072 @end example
5073
5074 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5075 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5076
5077 @itemize
5078 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5079 @item @var{banks}
5080 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5081 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5082 @item @var{pages_size}
5083 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5084 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5085 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5086 @end itemize
5087
5088 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5089 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5090 will be autoconfigured.
5091 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5092
5093 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5094 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5095 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5096 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5097 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5098
5099 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5100 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5101 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5102 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5103 are not truly general purpose).
5104 @quotation Note
5105 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5106 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5107 @end quotation
5108 @end deffn
5109 @end deffn
5110
5111 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5112 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5113 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5114 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5115 @end deffn
5116
5117 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5118 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5119 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5120 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5121 autoconfigures itself.
5122 @example
5123 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5124 @end example
5125 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5126 supported.}
5127 @end deffn
5128
5129 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5130 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5131 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5132 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5133
5134 @quotation Note
5135 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5136 driver:
5137 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5138 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5139 @end quotation
5140
5141 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5142 which must appear in the following order:
5143
5144 @itemize
5145 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5146 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5147 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5148 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5149 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5150 LPC43x[2357])
5151 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5152 at which the core is running
5153 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5154 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5155 @quotation Note
5156 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5157 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5158 However, if you do provide it,
5159 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5160 @end quotation
5161 @end itemize
5162
5163 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5164
5165 @example
5166 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5167 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5168 @end example
5169
5170 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5171 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5172 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5173 @end deffn
5174 @end deffn
5175
5176 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5177 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5178 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5179 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5180 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5181 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5182
5183 @example
5184 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5185 @end example
5186 @end deffn
5187
5188 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5189 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5190 from NXP.
5191
5192 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5193 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5194 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5195 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5196 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5197 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5198 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5199 you start the PLL.
5200
5201 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5202
5203 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5204 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5205 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5206
5207 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5208 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5209 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5210 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5211 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5212 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5213 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5214
5215 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5216 @example
5217 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5218 @end example
5219
5220 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5221 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5222 @code{flash banks} command.
5223
5224 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5225 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5226 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5227 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5228 a known signature.
5229 Example:
5230 @example
5231 lpc2900 signature 0
5232 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5233 @end example
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5237 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5238 saves it to a file in binary format.
5239 Example:
5240 @example
5241 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5242 @end example
5243 @end deffn
5244
5245 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5246 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5247 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5248 command:
5249
5250 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5251 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5252 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5253 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5254
5255 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5256 Example:
5257 @example
5258 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5259 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5260 @end example
5261 @end deffn
5262
5263 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5264 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5265 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5266 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5267 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5268 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5269 912 bytes.
5270 @quotation Attention
5271 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5272 @end quotation
5273 Example:
5274 @example
5275 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5276 @end example
5277 @end deffn
5278
5279 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5280 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5281 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5282 after the next power cycle.
5283 @quotation Attention
5284 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5285 @end quotation
5286 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5287 Example:
5288 @example
5289 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5290 flash info 0
5291 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5292 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5293 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5294 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5295 @end example
5296 @end deffn
5297
5298 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5299 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5300 effective after the next power cycle.
5301 @quotation Attention
5302 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5303 @end quotation
5304 Examples:
5305 @example
5306 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5307 @end example
5308 @end deffn
5309 @end deffn
5310
5311 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5312 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5313
5314 @example
5315 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5316 @end example
5317 @end deffn
5318
5319 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5320 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5321 and integrate flash memory.
5322
5323 @example
5324 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5325 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5326 @end example
5327
5328 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5329 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5330 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5331 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5332 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5333 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5334 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5335 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5336 @end deffn
5337 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5338 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5339 This will remove any Code Protection.
5340 @end deffn
5341 @end deffn
5342
5343 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5344 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5345 Texas Instruments
5346 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5347 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5348 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5349 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5350 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5351 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5352
5353 @example
5354 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5355 @end example
5356
5357 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5358 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5359 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5360 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5361 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5362 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5363
5364 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5365 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5366 @quotation Warning
5367 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5368 applied to all of them.
5369 @end quotation
5370 @end deffn
5371 @end deffn
5372
5373 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5374 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5375 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5376 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5377 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5378
5379 @example
5380 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5381 @end example
5382
5383 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5384 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5385 the flash driver.
5386
5387 @example
5388 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5389 @end example
5390
5391 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5392 as per the following example.
5393 @example
5394 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5395 @end example
5396
5397 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5398 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5399 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5400 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5401 are defined:
5402
5403 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5404 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5405 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5406 @end deffn
5407
5408 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5409 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5410 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5411 @end deffn
5412
5413 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5414 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5415 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5416 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5417 @end deffn
5418
5419 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5420 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5421 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5422 @end deffn
5423 @end deffn
5424
5425 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5426 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5427 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5428 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5429 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5430
5431 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5432 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5433 the flash driver.
5434
5435 @example
5436 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5437 @end example
5438
5439 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5440
5441 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5442 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5443 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5444 @end deffn
5445
5446 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5447 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5448 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5449 @end deffn
5450 @end deffn
5451
5452 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5453 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5454 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5455 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5456 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5457
5458 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5459 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5460 the flash driver.
5461
5462 @example
5463 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5464 @end example
5465 @end deffn
5466
5467 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5468 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5469 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5470 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5471 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5472
5473 @example
5474 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5475 @end example
5476
5477 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5478 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5479 for the specified flash bank.
5480 @end deffn
5481 @end deffn
5482
5483 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5484 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5485 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5486 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5487 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5488
5489 @example
5490 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5491 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5492 @end example
5493
5494 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5495 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5496 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5497
5498 @itemize @bullet
5499 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5500 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5501 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5502 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5503 @end itemize
5504 @end deffn
5505
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5509 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5510 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5511 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5512
5513 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5514
5515 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5516 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5517 @end deffn
5518
5519 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5520 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5521 @end deffn
5522
5523 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5524 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5525 the flash clock.
5526 @end deffn
5527 @end deffn
5528
5529 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5530 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5531 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5532
5533 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5534
5535 @itemize
5536 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5537 @end itemize
5538
5539 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5540 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5541 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5542 @example
5543 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5544 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5545 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5546 @end example
5547 @end deffn
5548
5549 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5550 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5551 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5552 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5553 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5554 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5555 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5556
5557 @example
5558 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5559 @end example
5560 @end deffn
5561
5562 @subsection str9xpec driver
5563 @cindex str9xpec
5564
5565 Here is some background info to help
5566 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5567 the str9:
5568 @enumerate
5569 @item
5570 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5571 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5572 @item
5573 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5574 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5575 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5576 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5577 @end enumerate
5578
5579 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5580 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5581 configured for flash bank 0.
5582 @example
5583 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5584 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5585 jtag_reset 0 1
5586 # turn off target polling
5587 poll off
5588 # disable str9 core
5589 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5590 # read option bytes
5591 str9xpec options_read 0
5592 # re-enable str9 core
5593 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5594 poll on
5595 reset halt
5596 @end example
5597 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5598 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5599 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5600 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5601
5602 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5603 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5604 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5605 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5606 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5607
5608 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5609
5610 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5611 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5612 @end deffn
5613
5614 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5615 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5616 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5620 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5621 erase the device.
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5625 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5626 @end deffn
5627
5628 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5629 Configure str9 boot bank.
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5633 Configure str9 lvd source.
5634 @end deffn
5635
5636 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5637 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5638 @end deffn
5639
5640 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5641 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5642 @end deffn
5643
5644 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5645 Read str9 option bytes.
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5649 Write str9 option bytes.
5650 @end deffn
5651
5652 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5653 unlock str9 device.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @end deffn
5657
5658
5659 @section mFlash
5660
5661 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5662 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5663
5664 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5665 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5666 address @var{base}.
5667 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5668 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5669
5670 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5671
5672 @example
5673 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5674 @end example
5675
5676 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5677
5678 @example
5679 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5680 @end example
5681 @end deffn
5682
5683 @subsection mFlash commands
5684 @cindex mFlash commands
5685
5686 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5687 Configure mflash PLL.
5688 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5689 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5690 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5691 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5692 @end deffn
5693
5694 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5695 Configure bootable option.
5696 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5697 (4kB) for boot.
5698 @end deffn
5699
5700 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5701 Configure storage information.
5702 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5703 written.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5707 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5708 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5709 @end deffn
5710
5711 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5712 Probe mflash.
5713 @end deffn
5714
5715 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5716 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5717 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5718 @end deffn
5719
5720 @node Flash Programming
5721 @chapter Flash Programming
5722
5723 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5724 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5725 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5726
5727 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5728 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5729
5730 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5731 @enumerate
5732 @item 'init' is executed.
5733 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5734 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5735 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5736 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5737 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5738 @end enumerate
5739
5740 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5741
5742 @example
5743 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5744 # are optional parameters
5745 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5746 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5747
5748 # binary files need the flash address passing
5749 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5750 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5751 @end example
5752
5753 @node NAND Flash Commands
5754 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5755 @cindex NAND
5756
5757 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5758 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5759 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5760
5761 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5762 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5763 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5764 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5765 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5766 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5767
5768 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5769 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5770 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5771 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5772 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5773 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5774 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5775 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5776 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5777 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5778
5779 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5780 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5781 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5782 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5783 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5784 every 512 bytes of data.
5785
5786 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5787 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5788 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5789 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5790 ECC mode is used.
5791
5792 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5793 @enumerate
5794 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5795 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5796 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5797 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5798 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5799 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5800 to access that device.
5801 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5802 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5803 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5804 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5805 de-brick a board.
5806 @end enumerate
5807
5808 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5809 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5810 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5811 are only 32 bits wide.
5812 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5813 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5814 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5815 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5816
5817 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5818 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5819 @cindex NAND configuration
5820
5821 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5822 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5823 OpenOCD has initialized.
5824
5825 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5826 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5827 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5828 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5829 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5830 they were a single (larger) device.
5831 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5832 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5833
5834 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5835 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5836 configuration files, not interactively.
5837
5838 @itemize @bullet
5839 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5840 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5841 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5842 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5843 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5844 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5845 commands to the NAND controller.
5846 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5847 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5848 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5849 for more information.
5850 @end itemize
5851 @end deffn
5852
5853 @deffn Command {nand list}
5854 Prints a summary of each device declared
5855 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5856 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5857 @example
5858 > nand list
5859 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5860 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5861 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5862 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5863 >
5864 @end example
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5868 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5869 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5870 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5871 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5872 it with most other NAND commands.
5873 @end deffn
5874
5875 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5876
5877 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5878 @cindex NAND reading
5879 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5880 starting at the specified offset.
5881 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5882
5883 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5884 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5885
5886 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5887 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5888 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5889
5890 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5891 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5892 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5893 method which handled that error correction.
5894
5895 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5896 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5897 @itemize @bullet
5898 @item no oob_* parameter
5899 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5900 @item @code{oob_raw}
5901 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5902 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5903 spare areas associated with each data page.
5904 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5905 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5906 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5907 @item @code{oob_only}
5908 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5909 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5910 spare areas associated with each data page.
5911 @end itemize
5912 @end deffn
5913
5914 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5915 @cindex NAND erasing
5916 @cindex NAND programming
5917 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5918 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5919 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5920 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5921 If those parameters are not specified,
5922 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5923 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5924
5925 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5926 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5927 block marker.
5928 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5929 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5933 @cindex NAND writing
5934 @cindex NAND programming
5935 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5936 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5937 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5938 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5939
5940 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5941 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5942
5943 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5944 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5945 past the end of the device.
5946 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5947 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5948 if that's being written.)
5949
5950 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5951 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5952 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5953
5954 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5955 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5956 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5957 @itemize @bullet
5958 @item no oob_* parameter
5959 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5960 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5961 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5962 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5963 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5964 @item @code{oob_only}
5965 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5966 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5967 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5968 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5969 @item @code{oob_raw}
5970 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5971 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5972 un-altered OOB.
5973 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5974 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5975 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5976 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5977 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5978 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5979 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5980 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5981 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5982 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5983 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5984 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5985 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5986 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5987 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5988 @end itemize
5989 @end deffn
5990
5991 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5992 @cindex NAND verification
5993 @cindex NAND programming
5994 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5995 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5996 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5997
5998 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5999 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6000
6001 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6002 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6003 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6004 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6005 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6006
6007 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6008 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6009 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6010
6011 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6012 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6013 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6014 be removed in a future release.
6015 @end deffn
6016
6017 @section Other NAND commands
6018 @cindex NAND other commands
6019
6020 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6021 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6022 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6023 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6024 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6025 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6026 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6027 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6028
6029 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6030 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6031 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6032 @end deffn
6033
6034 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6035 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6036 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6037 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6038 status for each block.
6039 @end deffn
6040
6041 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6042 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6043 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6044
6045 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6046 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6047 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6048 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6049 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6050
6051 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6052 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6053 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6054 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6055 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6056 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6057 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6058 @end deffn
6059
6060 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6061 @section NAND Driver List
6062 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6063 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6064 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6065
6066 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6067 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6068 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6069 address of the ECC controller.
6070 @example
6071 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6072 @end example
6073 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6074 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6075 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6076 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6077 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6078 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6079 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6080 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6081 @end deffn
6082 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6083 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6084 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6085 @end deffn
6086
6087 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6088 properly configured for input or output.
6089 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6090 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6091 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6092 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6093 @end deffn
6094 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6095 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6096 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6097 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6098 @end deffn
6099 @end deffn
6100
6101 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6102 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6103 chips from Texas Instruments.
6104 It takes three extra parameters:
6105 address of the NAND chip;
6106 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6107 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6108 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6109 @example
6110 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6111 @end example
6112 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6113 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6114 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6115 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6116 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6117 @end deffn
6118
6119 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6120 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6121 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6122 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6123 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6124 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6125 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6126 @end deffn
6127
6128 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6129 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6130 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6131 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6132 @end deffn
6133 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6134
6135 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6136 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6137 should work for this chip aswell.
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6141 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6142 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6143 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6144 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6145 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6146 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6147 @example
6148 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6149 @end example
6150 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6151 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6152 without parameter query status.
6153 @end deffn
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6157 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6158 parameter: the address of the controller.
6159 @example
6160 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6161 @end example
6162 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6163 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6164 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6165 change any behavior.
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6169 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6170 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6171 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6172 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6173 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6174 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6175 specialized commands.
6176 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6177 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6178 change any behavior.
6179 @end deffn
6180
6181 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6182 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6183 @cindex PLD
6184 @cindex FPGA
6185
6186 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6187 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6188 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6189 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6190 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6191 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6192 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6193
6194 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6195
6196 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6197 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6198 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6199
6200 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6201 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6202
6203 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6204 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6205 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6206 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6207 behavior.
6208 @end deffn
6209
6210 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6211 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6212 @end deffn
6213
6214 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6215 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6216 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6217 @end deffn
6218
6219 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6220
6221 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6222 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6223 that particular type of PLD.
6224
6225 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6226 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6227 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6228 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6229 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6230
6231 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6232 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6233 for FPGA @var{num}.
6234 @end deffn
6235 @end deffn
6236
6237 @node General Commands
6238 @chapter General Commands
6239 @cindex commands
6240
6241 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6242 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6243 commands are documented elsewhere.
6244
6245 Intent:
6246 @itemize @bullet
6247 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6248 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6249 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6250 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6251
6252 @item @b{From the human}
6253 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6254 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6255
6256 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6257 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6258 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6259
6260 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6261 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6262 port is 5555.
6263 @end itemize
6264
6265
6266 @section Daemon Commands
6267
6268 @deffn {Command} exit
6269 Exits the current telnet session.
6270 @end deffn
6271
6272 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6273 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6274 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6275 Not every command provides helptext.
6276
6277 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6278 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6279 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6280 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6281 @end deffn
6282
6283 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6284 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6285 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6286 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6287 Useful in connection with script files
6288 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6289 @end deffn
6290
6291 @deffn Command shutdown
6292 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6293 @end deffn
6294
6295 @anchor{debuglevel}
6296 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6297 @cindex message level
6298 Display debug level.
6299 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6300 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6301 Level 0 is error messages only;
6302 level 1 adds warnings;
6303 level 2 adds informational messages;
6304 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6305 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6306 the command line along with the location of that log
6307 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6308 @xref{Running}.
6309 @end deffn
6310
6311 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6312 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6313 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6314 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6315 @example
6316 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6317 @end example
6318 @end deffn
6319
6320 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6321 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6322 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6323 @end deffn
6324
6325 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6326 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6327 @end deffn
6328
6329 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6330 @section Target State handling
6331 @cindex reset
6332 @cindex halt
6333 @cindex target initialization
6334
6335 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6336 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6337 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6338 a current target which is used to perform the
6339 various operations. The current target may be changed
6340 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6341 target which should become current.
6342
6343 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6344 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6345 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6346 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6347 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6348
6349 @emph{With no arguments}:
6350 list all available registers for the current target,
6351 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6352 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6353 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6354 are flagged as such.
6355
6356 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6357
6358 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6359 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6360 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6361 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6362 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6363 relevant module will flush such values.
6364
6365 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6366 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6367
6368 @example
6369 > reg
6370 ===== ARM registers
6371 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6372 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6373 (2) r2 (/32)
6374 ...
6375 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6376 >
6377 @end example
6378 @end deffn
6379
6380 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6381 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6382 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6383 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6384 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6385 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6386 (and enter debug mode).
6387 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6388
6389 @quotation Warning
6390 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6391 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6392 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6393 power mode by gating the core clock;
6394 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6395
6396 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6397 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6398 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6399 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6400 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6401 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6402
6403 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6404 work with a JTAG debugger.
6405 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6406 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6407 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6408 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6409 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6410 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6411 @end quotation
6412
6413 @end deffn
6414
6415 @deffn Command resume [address]
6416 Resume the target at its current code position,
6417 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6418 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6419 @end deffn
6420
6421 @deffn Command step [address]
6422 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6423 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6424 @end deffn
6425
6426 @anchor{resetcommand}
6427 @deffn Command reset
6428 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6429 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6430 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6431 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6432 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6433 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6434
6435 The optional parameter specifies what should
6436 happen after the reset.
6437 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6438 The other options will not work on all systems.
6439 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6440
6441 @itemize @minus
6442 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6443 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6444 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6445 @end itemize
6446 @end deffn
6447
6448 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6449 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6450 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6451 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6452 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6453 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6454 state.
6455 @end deffn
6456
6457 @section I/O Utilities
6458
6459 These commands are available when
6460 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6461 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6462 notably the ZY1000.
6463 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6464
6465 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6466
6467 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6468 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6469 the text file @file{filename}.
6470 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6471 The last string is followed by a newline.
6472 @end deffn
6473
6474 @deffn Command cat filename
6475 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6476 @end deffn
6477
6478 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6479 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6480 into @file{dest_filename}.
6481 @end deffn
6482
6483 @deffn Command ip
6484 @emph{No description provided.}
6485 @end deffn
6486
6487 @deffn Command ls
6488 @emph{No description provided.}
6489 @end deffn
6490
6491 @deffn Command mac
6492 @emph{No description provided.}
6493 @end deffn
6494
6495 @deffn Command meminfo
6496 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6497 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6498 @end deffn
6499
6500 @deffn Command peek
6501 @emph{No description provided.}
6502 @end deffn
6503
6504 @deffn Command poke
6505 @emph{No description provided.}
6506 @end deffn
6507
6508 @deffn Command rm filename
6509 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6510 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6511 @end deffn
6512
6513 @deffn Command trunc filename
6514 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6515 @end deffn
6516
6517 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6518 @section Memory access commands
6519 @cindex memory access
6520
6521 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6522 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6523 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6524 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6525
6526 @enumerate
6527 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6528 to change the current target.
6529 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6530 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6531 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6532 @end enumerate
6533
6534 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6535 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6536 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6537 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6538 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6539 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6540 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6541 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6542 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6543 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6544 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6545 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6546 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6550 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6551 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6552 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6553 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6554 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6555 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6556 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6557 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6558 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6559 @end deffn
6560
6561 @anchor{imageaccess}
6562 @section Image loading commands
6563 @cindex image loading
6564 @cindex image dumping
6565
6566 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6567 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6568 binary file named @var{filename}.
6569 @end deffn
6570
6571 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6572 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6573 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6574 @end deffn
6575
6576 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6577 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6578 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6579 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6580 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6581 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6582 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6583 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6584 separately.
6585 @end deffn
6586
6587 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6588 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6589 The file format may optionally be specified
6590 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6591 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6592 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6593 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6594 @example
6595 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6596 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6597 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6598 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6599 @}
6600 @end example
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6604 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6605 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6606 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6607 The file format may optionally be specified
6608 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6609 @end deffn
6610
6611 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6612 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6613 The file format may optionally be specified
6614 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6615 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6616 @end deffn
6617
6618
6619 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6620 @cindex breakpoint
6621 @cindex watchpoint
6622
6623 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6624 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6625 watchpoints.
6626 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6627
6628 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6629 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6630 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6631 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6632 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6633 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6634
6635 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6636 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6637 @end deffn
6638
6639 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6640 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6641 @end deffn
6642
6643 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6644 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6645 @end deffn
6646
6647 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6648 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6649 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6650 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6651 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6652 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6653 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6654 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6655 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6656 @end deffn
6657
6658 @section Misc Commands
6659
6660 @cindex profiling
6661 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6662 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6663 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6664 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6665 @end deffn
6666
6667 @deffn Command {version}
6668 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6669 @end deffn
6670
6671 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6672 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6673 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6677 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6678 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6679 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6680
6681 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6682 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6683 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6684 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6685
6686 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6687 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6688 @cindex tracing
6689 @cindex ETM
6690 @cindex ETB
6691
6692 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6693 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6694 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6695
6696 @itemize
6697 @item
6698 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6699 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6700 supports such an interface.
6701 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6702 and trace port support.)
6703 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6704 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6705 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6706 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6707 in the board-specific configuration file.
6708 @item
6709 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6710 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6711 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6712 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6713 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6714 @end itemize
6715
6716 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6717
6718 @quotation Issues
6719 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6720 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6721
6722 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6723 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6724 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6725 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6726 dummy trace port driver}.
6727
6728 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6729 as well as tracing only during specific states
6730 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6731
6732 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6733 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6734 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6735 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6736 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6737
6738 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6739 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6740 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6741 this original style of JTAG access.
6742 @end quotation
6743
6744 @subsection ETM Configuration
6745 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6746
6747 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6748 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6749 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6750
6751 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6752 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6753 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6754 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6755 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6756 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6757 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6758 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6759 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6760
6761 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6762 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6763 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6764
6765 @quotation Warning
6766 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6767 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6768 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6769 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6770 @end quotation
6771
6772 @quotation Note
6773 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6774 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6775 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6776 what CPU activities are traced.
6777 @end quotation
6778 @end deffn
6779
6780 @deffn Command {etm info}
6781 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6782 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6783 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6784 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6785 @end deffn
6786
6787 @deffn Command {etm status}
6788 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6789 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6790 Did trace data overflow?
6791 Was it triggered?
6792 @end deffn
6793
6794 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6795 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6796 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6797 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6798 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6799
6800 @itemize
6801 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6802 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6803 The value is one of
6804 @option{none} (save nothing),
6805 @option{data} (save data),
6806 @option{address} (save addresses),
6807 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6808 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6809 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6810 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6811 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6812 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6813 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6814 trace stream without an image of the code.
6815 @end itemize
6816 @end deffn
6817
6818 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6819 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6820 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6821 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6822 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6823
6824 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6825 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6826 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6827 @end deffn
6828
6829 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6830
6831 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6832 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6833 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6834
6835 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6836 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6837 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6838 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6839 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6840 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6841 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6842
6843 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6844
6845 @itemize
6846 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6847 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6848 for instruction access within that function's body.
6849 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6850 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6851 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6852 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6853 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6854 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6855 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6856 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6857 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6858 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6859 @item @emph{... more}
6860 @end itemize
6861
6862 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6863 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6864
6865 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6866 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6867 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6868 @end deffn
6869
6870 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6871 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6872 @end deffn
6873
6874 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6875 Opens an image file.
6876 @end deffn
6877
6878 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6879 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6880 @end deffn
6881
6882 @deffn Command {etm start}
6883 Starts trace data collection.
6884 @end deffn
6885
6886 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6887 Stops trace data collection.
6888 @end deffn
6889
6890 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6891 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6892
6893 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6894
6895 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6896 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6897 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6898 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6899 any trace data collection.}
6900 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6901 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6902 @end deffn
6903 @end deffn
6904
6905 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6906 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6907 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6908 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6909 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6910 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6911 @end deffn
6912 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6913 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6914 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6915 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6916 trace trigger becomes active.
6917
6918 @itemize
6919 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6920 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6921 afterwards.
6922 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6923 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6924 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6925 what caused that event to happen.
6926 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6927 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6928 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6929 how the event caused trouble.
6930 @end itemize
6931 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6932 @end deffn
6933
6934 @end deffn
6935
6936 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6937 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6938 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6939 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6940 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6941
6942 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6943 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6944
6945 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6946 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6947 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6948 @end deffn
6949
6950 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6951 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6952 @end deffn
6953
6954 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6955 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6956 @end deffn
6957 @end deffn
6958
6959
6960 @section Generic ARM
6961 @cindex ARM
6962
6963 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6964 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6965 commands that may be available.
6966
6967 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6968 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6969 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6970 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6971 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6972 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6973 @end deffn
6974
6975 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6976 @cindex disassemble
6977 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6978 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6979 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6980 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6981 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6982 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6983 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6984
6985 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6986 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6987 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6988 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6989 with a handful of exceptions.
6990 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6991 @end deffn
6992
6993 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6994 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6995 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6996 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6997 and using the MCR instruction.
6998 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6999 an ARM register.)
7000 @end deffn
7001
7002 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7003 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7004 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7005 and the MRC instruction.
7006 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7007 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7008 an ARM register.)
7009 @end deffn
7010
7011 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7012 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7013 core mode if necessary.
7014 @end deffn
7015
7016 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7017 @cindex ARM semihosting
7018 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7019
7020 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7021 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7022 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7023 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7024 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7025 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7026 @end deffn
7027
7028 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7029 @cindex ARMv4
7030 @cindex ARMv5
7031
7032 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7033 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7034 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7035 variant.
7036
7037 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7038 @cindex ARM7
7039 @cindex ARM9
7040
7041 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7042 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7043 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7044 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7045
7046 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7047 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7048 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7049 instead of breakpoints.
7050 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7051
7052 This should be
7053 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7054 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7055 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7056 @end deffn
7057
7058 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7059 @cindex DCC
7060 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7061 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7062 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7063
7064 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7065 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7066 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7067 @end deffn
7068
7069 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7070 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7071 that don't check completion of the operation.
7072 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7073
7074 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7075 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7076 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7077 @end deffn
7078
7079 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7080 @cindex ARM720T
7081
7082 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7083 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7084 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7085 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7086
7087 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7088 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7089 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7090
7091 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7092 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7093 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7094 @end deffn
7095
7096 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7097 @cindex ARM9
7098
7099 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7100 integer processors.
7101 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7102
7103 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7104 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7105 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7106 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7107
7108 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7109 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7110 @cindex vector_catch
7111 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7112 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7113 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7114 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7115 to those hardware vectors.
7116
7117 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7118 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7119 vector catch hardware to intercept
7120 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7121 @option{none} of them,
7122 or a list with one or more of the following:
7123 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7124 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7125 @end deffn
7126
7127 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7128 @cindex ARM920T
7129
7130 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7131 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7132 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7133 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7134 and ARM9 commands.
7135
7136 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7137 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7138 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7139 @end deffn
7140
7141 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7142 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7143 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7144 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7145 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7146 (Not all registers can be written.)
7147 @end deffn
7148
7149 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7150 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7151 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7152
7153 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7154 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7155 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7156 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7157 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7158 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7159 @end deffn
7160
7161 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7162 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7163 @end deffn
7164
7165 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7166 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7167 @end deffn
7168
7169 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7170 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7171
7172 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7173 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7174 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7175 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7176 and ARM9 commands.
7177
7178 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7179 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7180
7181 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7182 Print information about the caches found.
7183 @end deffn
7184
7185 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7186 @cindex ARM966E
7187
7188 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7189 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7190 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7191 and ARM9 commands.
7192
7193 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7194 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7195 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7196 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7197 ARM966E-S TRM.
7198 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7199 as required for BIST support.
7200 @end deffn
7201
7202 @subsection XScale specific commands
7203 @cindex XScale
7204
7205 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7206
7207 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7208 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7209 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7210 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7211 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7212 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7213 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7214
7215 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7216 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7217 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7218 the mini-IC.
7219
7220 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7221 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7222 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7223 code layout in memory:
7224 @example
7225 _vectors:
7226 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7227 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7228 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7229 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7230 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7231 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7232 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7233 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7234 .org 0x100
7235 .long real_reset_vector
7236 .long real_ui_handler
7237 .long real_swi_handler
7238 .long real_pf_abort
7239 .long real_data_abort
7240 .long 0 /* unused */
7241 .long real_irq_handler
7242 .long real_fiq_handler
7243 @end example
7244
7245 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7246 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7247 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7248 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7249 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7250 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7251 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7252 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7253 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7254 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7255 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7256 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7257 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7258 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7259 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7260 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7261 software.
7262
7263 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7264 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7265 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7266 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7267
7268 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7269 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7270 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7271 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7272 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7273 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7274 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7275 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7276 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7277
7278 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7279 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7280
7281 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7282 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7283 @end deffn
7284
7285 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7286 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7287 @end deffn
7288
7289 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7290 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7291 @end deffn
7292
7293 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7294 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7295 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7296 @end deffn
7297
7298 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7299 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7300 @end deffn
7301
7302 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7303 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7304 @end deffn
7305
7306 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7307 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7308 @end deffn
7309
7310 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7311 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7312 @end deffn
7313
7314 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7315 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7316 @end deffn
7317
7318 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7319 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7320 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7321 and modifying how it is emptied.
7322 @end deffn
7323
7324 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7325 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7326 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7327 The image @var{type} may be one of
7328 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7329 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7330 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7331 @end deffn
7332
7333 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7334 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7335 @cindex vector_catch
7336 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7337 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7338
7339 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7340 @example
7341 0x01 Trap Reset
7342 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7343 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7344 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7345 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7346 0x20 reserved
7347 0x40 Trap IRQ
7348 0x80 Trap FIQ
7349 @end example
7350 @end deffn
7351
7352 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7353 @cindex vector_table
7354
7355 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7356 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7357 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7358 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7359 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7360
7361 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7362
7363 @end deffn
7364
7365 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7366 @cindex ARMv6
7367
7368 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7369 @cindex ARM11
7370
7371 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7372 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7373 which is enabled by default.
7374 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7375 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7376 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7377 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7378 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7379 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7380 @end deffn
7381
7382 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7383 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7384 which is enabled by default.
7385 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7386 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7387 @end deffn
7388
7389 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7390 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7391 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7392 they are disabled by default.
7393 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7394 @end deffn
7395
7396 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7397 @cindex vector_catch
7398 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7399 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7400 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7401
7402 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7403 for certain hardware events.
7404 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7405 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7406 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7407 @end deffn
7408
7409 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7410 @cindex ARMv7
7411
7412 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7413 @cindex Debug Access Port
7414 @cindex DAP
7415 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7416 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7417 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7418
7419 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7420 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7421 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7422 @end deffn
7423
7424 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7425 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7426 @end deffn
7427
7428 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7429 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7430 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7431 @end deffn
7432
7433 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7434 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7435 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7436 @end deffn
7437
7438 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7439 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7440 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7441 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7442 @end deffn
7443
7444 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7445 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7446 Defaulting to 0.
7447 @end deffn
7448
7449 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7450 @cindex Cortex-M
7451
7452 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7453 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7454
7455 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7456 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7457 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7458 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7459 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7460 the step command leaves with the core running.
7461
7462 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7463 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7464 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7465
7466 Default is @option{auto}.
7467 @end deffn
7468
7469 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7470 @cindex vector_catch
7471 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7472 for certain hardware events.
7473
7474 Parameters request interception of
7475 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7476 @option{none} of them,
7477 or one or more of the following:
7478 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7479 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7480 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7481 @option{irq_err},
7482 @option{state_err},
7483 @option{chk_err}, or
7484 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7485 @option{reset}.
7486 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7487 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7488 are mapped to HardFault.
7489 UsageFault checks for
7490 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7491 must also be explicitly enabled.
7492
7493 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7494 @end deffn
7495
7496 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7497 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7498 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7499 @itemize @minus
7500 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7501 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7502 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7503 @end itemize
7504 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7505 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7506 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7507 the peripherals.
7508 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7509 @end deffn
7510
7511 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7512
7513 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7514 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7515
7516 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7517 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7518 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7519 @end deffn
7520 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7521 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7522
7523 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7524
7525 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7526 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7527 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7528 @end deffn
7529
7530 @subsection Registers commands
7531 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7532 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7533 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7534
7535 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7536
7537 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7538 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7539 and "timer" groups.
7540
7541 @emph{example:}
7542 @example
7543 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7544 @end example
7545
7546
7547 @end deffn
7548 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7549 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7550
7551 @emph{group} can be "system",
7552 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7553 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7554 @end deffn
7555
7556 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7557 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7558 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7559 @cindex tracing
7560 @cindex libdcc
7561 @cindex DCC
7562 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7563 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7564 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7565 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7566
7567 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7568 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7569 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7570 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7571 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7572 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7573
7574 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7575 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7576 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7577 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7578 The target being debugged may
7579 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7580 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7581 each supported by a command:
7582
7583 @itemize
7584 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7585 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7586 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7587 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7588
7589 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7590 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7591 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7592
7593 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7594 and then displayed at any time.
7595 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7596
7597 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7598 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7599 @end itemize
7600
7601 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7602 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7603 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7604 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7605 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7606 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7607 does the same thing.
7608
7609 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7610 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7611 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7612 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7613 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7614
7615 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7616 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7617 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7618 @end deffn
7619
7620 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7621 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7622 in the order they triggered.
7623 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7624 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7625 history records.
7626 @end deffn
7627
7628 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7629 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7630 they have been triggered.
7631 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7632 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7633 and associates it with that identifier.
7634
7635 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7636 are not related except by this command.
7637 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7638 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7639 @end deffn
7640
7641
7642 @node JTAG Commands
7643 @chapter JTAG Commands
7644 @cindex JTAG Commands
7645 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7646 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7647 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7648 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7649 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7650
7651 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7652 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7653
7654 @itemize @bullet
7655 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7656 devices such as a CPUs.
7657 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7658 standard state machine (in parallel)
7659 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7660 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7661 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7662 while the reading previous ones.
7663 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7664 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7665 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7666 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7667 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7668 registers.
7669 @end itemize
7670
7671 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7672
7673 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7674 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7675 the order of TAP state transitions.
7676 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7677 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7678 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7679 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7680 these commands are not available.
7681
7682 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7683 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7684 that specify the entire register.
7685 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7686 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7687 The return value holds the original value of each
7688 of those fields.
7689
7690 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7691 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7692 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7693 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7694 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7695
7696 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7697 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7698
7699 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7700 in that state.
7701 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7702 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7703 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7704
7705 @quotation Warning
7706 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7707 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7708 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7709 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7710 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7711 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7712 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7713 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7714 @end quotation
7715 @end deffn
7716
7717 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7718 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7719 This may be used for performance tuning.
7720
7721 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7722 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7723 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7724 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7725 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7726 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7727 @end deffn
7728
7729 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7730 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7731 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7732 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7733 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7734 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7735
7736 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7737 in that state.
7738 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7739 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7740 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7741
7742 @quotation Note
7743 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7744 register values, unlike data register values.
7745 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7746 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7747 @end quotation
7748 @end deffn
7749
7750 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7751 Set values of reset signals.
7752 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7753 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7754 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7755 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7756 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7757 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7758 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7759
7760 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7761 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7762 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7763 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7764 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7765 instead of the TRST signal.
7766 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7767 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7768 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7769 with handlers for that event.
7770 @end deffn
7771
7772 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7773 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7774 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7775 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7776 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7777 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7778 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7779 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7780 The final state must also be stable.
7781 @end deffn
7782
7783 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7784 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7785 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7786 Instructions often need some time
7787 to execute before they take effect.
7788 @end deffn
7789
7790 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7791 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7792
7793 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7794 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7795 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7796 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7797 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7798 @end deffn
7799
7800 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7801 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7802 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7803 must also be enabled.
7804 Default is enabled.
7805 @end deffn
7806
7807 @section TAP state names
7808 @cindex TAP state names
7809
7810 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7811 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7812 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7813 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7814
7815 @itemize @bullet
7816 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7817 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7818 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7819 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7820 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7821 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7822 through the data register
7823 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7824 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7825 for update or more shifting
7826 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7827 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7828 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7829 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7830 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7831 through the instruction register
7832 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7833 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7834 for update or more shifting
7835 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7836 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7837 @end itemize
7838
7839 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7840 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7841 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7842 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7843
7844 @itemize @bullet
7845 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7846 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7847 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7848 may not be as expected.
7849 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7850 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7851 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7852 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7853 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7854 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7855 @end itemize
7856
7857 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7858 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7859
7860 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7861 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7862 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7863 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7864
7865 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7866 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7867 @cindex SVF
7868
7869 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7870 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7871 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7872 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7873
7874 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7875 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7876 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7877 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7878 each command is logged before it is executed.
7879 @end deffn
7880
7881 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7882 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7883 @cindex XSVF
7884
7885 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7886 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7887 Xilinx devices.
7888 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7889 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7890
7891 @quotation Important
7892 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7893 @end quotation
7894
7895 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7896 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7897 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7898 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7899 that TAP.
7900 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7901 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7902 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7903 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7904 @end deffn
7905
7906 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7907 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7908 after building the software.
7909 You may find them useful:
7910
7911 @itemize
7912 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7913 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7914 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7915 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7916 @end itemize
7917
7918 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7919 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7920 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7921 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7922 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7923 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7924 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7925
7926
7927 @node Utility Commands
7928 @chapter Utility Commands
7929 @cindex Utility Commands
7930
7931 @section RAM testing
7932 @cindex RAM testing
7933
7934 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
7935 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
7936 testing procedures allowing to detect all sorts of issues with
7937 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
7938 hardware problems.
7939
7940 To use them you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first,
7941 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
7942 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
7943 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
7944
7945 Load the memory testing functions with
7946
7947 @example
7948 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
7949 @end example
7950
7951 to get access to the following facilities:
7952
7953 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
7954 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
7955 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
7956 @end deffn
7957
7958 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
7959 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
7960 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
7961 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
7962 @end deffn
7963
7964 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
7965 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
7966 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
7967 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
7968 @end deffn
7969
7970 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
7971 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
7972 @end deffn
7973
7974 @node TFTP
7975 @chapter TFTP
7976 @cindex TFTP
7977 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7978 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7979
7980 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7981 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7982 server (tftpd). For example,
7983
7984 @example
7985 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7986 @end example
7987
7988 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7989 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7990
7991 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7992 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7993 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7994 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7995
7996 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7997 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7998 @cindex GDB
7999 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
8000 to debug remote targets.
8001 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8002
8003 @itemize
8004 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8005 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8006 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8007 as shown in this chapter.
8008 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8009 that also will probably need to be configured.
8010 @end itemize
8011
8012 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8013 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8014 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8015 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8016 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8017 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8018
8019 @section Connecting to GDB
8020 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8021 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8022 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8023 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8024 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8025
8026 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8027
8028 @enumerate
8029 @item
8030 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8031 @example
8032 target remote localhost:3333
8033 @end example
8034 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8035
8036 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8037 @example
8038 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8039 @end example
8040 @item
8041 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8042 @example
8043 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8044 @end example
8045 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8046 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8047 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8048 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8049 @end enumerate
8050
8051 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8052 GDB command line.
8053
8054 @section Sample GDB session startup
8055
8056 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8057 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8058 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
8059 small ARM program.
8060 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8061 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8062
8063 @example
8064 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8065 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8066 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8067 ...
8068 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8069 ...
8070 (gdb) load
8071 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8072 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8073 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8074 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8075 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8076 (gdb) continue
8077 Continuing.
8078 ...
8079 @end example
8080
8081 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8082 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8083 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8084 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8085
8086 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8087
8088 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8089 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8090 packet size and the device's memory map.
8091 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8092 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8093 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8094
8095 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8096 You may need to set those up by hand.
8097 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8098 something like:
8099
8100 @example
8101 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8102 @end example
8103
8104 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8105
8106 @example
8107 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8108 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8109 @end example
8110
8111 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8112 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8113 do not have such restrictions.
8114
8115 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8116 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8117 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8118
8119 @example
8120 define hook-step
8121 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8122 end
8123 define hookpost-step
8124 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8125 end
8126 @end example
8127
8128 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8129 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8130 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8131 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8132
8133 @section Programming using GDB
8134 @cindex Programming using GDB
8135 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8136
8137 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8138 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8139 @example
8140 gdb_memory_map disable
8141 @end example
8142 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8143 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8144 working area.
8145
8146 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8147 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8148 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8149 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8150
8151 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
8152 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8153
8154 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8155 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8156 @example
8157 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8158 @end example
8159
8160 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8161 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8162
8163 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8164 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8165 will be used.
8166
8167 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8168 script can be executed:
8169 @example
8170 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8171 @end example
8172
8173 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8174 can be used.
8175 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8176 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8177 @cindex SMP
8178 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8179 @itemize @bullet
8180 @item j - smp status request
8181 @item J - smp set request
8182 @end itemize
8183
8184 OpenOCD implements :
8185 @itemize @bullet
8186 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8187 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8188 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8189 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8190 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8191 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8192 @end itemize
8193
8194 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8195 @itemize @bullet
8196 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8197 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8198 @example
8199 set $_core 1
8200 #Jc01 packet is sent
8201 print $_core
8202 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8203 @end example
8204
8205 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8206 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8207
8208 @example
8209 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8210 define toggle0
8211 maint packet Jc0
8212 continue
8213 main packet Jc-1
8214 end
8215 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8216 define toggle1
8217 maint packet Jc1
8218 continue
8219 main packet Jc-1
8220 end
8221 @end example
8222 @end itemize
8223
8224 @section RTOS Support
8225 @cindex RTOS Support
8226 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8227
8228 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8229 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8230
8231 @* An example setup is below:
8232
8233 @example
8234 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8235 @end example
8236
8237 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8238
8239 Currently supported rtos's include:
8240 @itemize @bullet
8241 @item @option{eCos}
8242 @item @option{ThreadX}
8243 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8244 @item @option{linux}
8245 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8246 @item @option{embKernel}
8247 @end itemize
8248
8249 @quotation Note
8250 Before an RTOS can be detected it must export certain symbols otherwise it cannot be used by
8251 OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8252 @end quotation
8253
8254 @table @code
8255 @item eCos symbols
8256 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8257 @item ThreadX symbols
8258 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8259 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8260 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8261 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8262 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8263 @item linux symbols
8264 init_task.
8265 @item ChibiOS symbols
8266 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8267 @item embKernel symbols
8268 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8269 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8270 @end table
8271
8272 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8273 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8274 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8275
8276 @node Tcl Scripting API
8277 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8278 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8279 @cindex Tcl scripts
8280 @section API rules
8281
8282 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8283 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8284 information as an argument to each proc.
8285
8286 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8287 pair list and lists.
8288
8289 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8290 list.
8291
8292 @verbatim
8293
8294 > set foo(me) Duane
8295 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8296 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8297 > set foo(duck) Donald
8298
8299 If one does this:
8300
8301 > set foo
8302
8303 The result is:
8304
8305 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8306
8307 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8308
8309 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8310 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8311 }
8312 @end verbatim
8313
8314 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8315 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8316
8317 @section Internal low-level Commands
8318
8319 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8320
8321 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8322 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8323 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8324
8325 @itemize @bullet
8326 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8327
8328 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8329 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8330
8331 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8332 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8333
8334 Return information about the flash banks
8335 @end itemize
8336
8337 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8338 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8339 called "flash_banks".
8340
8341 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8342
8343 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8344 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8345 holds one of the following values:
8346
8347 @itemize @bullet
8348 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8349 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8350 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8351 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8352 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8353 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8354 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8355 @end itemize
8356
8357 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8358
8359 @quotation Note
8360 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8361 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8362 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8363 is jim, not real tcl).
8364 @end quotation
8365
8366 @node FAQ
8367 @chapter FAQ
8368 @cindex faq
8369 @enumerate
8370 @anchor{faqrtck}
8371 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8372 @cindex RTCK
8373 @cindex adaptive clocking
8374 @*
8375
8376 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8377 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8378 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8379 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8380
8381 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8382 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8383 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8384 @enumerate
8385 @item
8386 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8387 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8388 @item
8389 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8390 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8391 @end enumerate
8392
8393 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8394 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8395 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8396 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8397 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8398 power).
8399
8400 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8401 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8402 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8403 ARM926 scenario).
8404 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8405 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8406 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8407
8408 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8409 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8410 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8411 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8412
8413 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8414
8415 In order to make use of this,
8416 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8417 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8418
8419 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8420 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8421 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8422 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8423 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8424
8425 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8426 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8427 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8428 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8429
8430 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8431 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8432 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8433 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8434 with a CPLD.
8435 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8436 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8437 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8438 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8439 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8440 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8441
8442 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8443
8444 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8445
8446 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8447 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8448 depending on the chips on your board.
8449 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8450 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8451 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8452
8453 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8454 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8455 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8456
8457 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8458 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8459 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8460 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8461
8462 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8463 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8464 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8465 this way.
8466
8467 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8468 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8469 clock rate.
8470 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8471 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8472 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8473
8474 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8475
8476 @example
8477 # Example: 1.234MHz
8478 adapter_khz 1234
8479 @end example
8480
8481
8482 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8483
8484 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8485 around Windows filenames.
8486
8487 @example
8488 > echo \a
8489
8490 > echo @{\a@}
8491 \a
8492 > echo "\a"
8493
8494 >
8495 @end example
8496
8497
8498 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8499
8500 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8501 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8502 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8503
8504 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8505 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8506 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8507
8508 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8509 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8510 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8511
8512 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8513
8514 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8515 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8516 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8517 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8518
8519 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8520 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8521 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8522
8523 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8524 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8525
8526 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8527 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8528 memory read caused data abort".
8529
8530 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8531 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8532 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8533 be done, feel free to add this here.
8534
8535 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8536 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8537 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8538 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8539 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8540 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8541 gracefully stops.
8542
8543 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8544 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8545 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8546
8547 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8548 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8549 bytes. Painful...
8550
8551
8552 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8553 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8554
8555 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8556 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8557 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8558 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8559 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8560 reset, everything else should work fine.
8561
8562 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8563 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8564 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8565 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8566
8567 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8568 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8569 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8570 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8571
8572 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8573
8574 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8575 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8576 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8577 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8578
8579 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8580 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8581 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8582 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8583
8584 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8585 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8586 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8587
8588 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8589 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8590
8591 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8592 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8593 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8594 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8595 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8596 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8597 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8598 clock frequency?
8599
8600 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8601 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8602 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8603 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8604 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8605
8606 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8607
8608 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8609 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8610 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8611 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8612 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8613 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8614 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8615
8616 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8617
8618 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8619 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8620 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8621 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8622
8623 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8624 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8625 particular order?
8626
8627 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8628 the same order used by the hardware.
8629
8630 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8631 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8632 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8633 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8634 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8635 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8636
8637 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8638 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8639 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8640 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8641
8642 @itemize @bullet
8643 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8644 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8645 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8646 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8647 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8648 @end itemize
8649
8650 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8651
8652 @itemize @bullet
8653 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8654 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8655 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8656 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8657 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8658 @end itemize
8659
8660
8661 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8662 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8663 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8664
8665 TODO.
8666
8667 @end enumerate
8668
8669 @node Tcl Crash Course
8670 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8671 @cindex Tcl
8672
8673 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8674 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8675 how the Tcl scripts work.
8676
8677 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8678 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8679 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8680 OpenOCD.
8681
8682 @section Tcl Rule #1
8683 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8684 @enumerate
8685 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8686 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8687 @end enumerate
8688
8689 The Tcl equal is this:
8690
8691 @enumerate
8692 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8693 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8694 @end enumerate
8695
8696 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8697 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8698
8699 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8700 There is a second pair of rules.
8701 @enumerate
8702 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8703 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8704 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8705 in Tcl.
8706 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8707 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8708 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8709 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8710 @end enumerate
8711
8712 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8713 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8714 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8715 Everything is a string}
8716
8717 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8718 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8719 difference is subtle.
8720 @enumerate
8721 @item Parse Time
8722 @item Evaluation Time
8723 @end enumerate
8724
8725 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8726 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8727 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8728
8729 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8730 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8731 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8732 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8733
8734 @itemize @bullet
8735 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8736 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8737 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8738 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8739 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8740 @example
8741 # bash example
8742 X=`date`
8743 echo "The Date is: $X"
8744 # Tcl example
8745 set X [date]
8746 puts "The Date is: $X"
8747 @end example
8748 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8749 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8750 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8751 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8752 is a string}
8753 @example
8754 set x "Dinner"
8755 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8756 @end example
8757 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8758 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8759 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8760 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8761 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8762 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8763 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8764 @end itemize
8765
8766 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8767
8768 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8769
8770 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8771
8772 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8773 the normal way.
8774
8775 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8776 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8777 line is immedatly executed.
8778
8779 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8780 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8781
8782 @subsection Command Execution
8783
8784 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8785 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8786 control flow operators.
8787
8788 Commands are executed like this:
8789
8790 @enumerate
8791 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8792 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8793 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8794 @end enumerate
8795
8796 It sort of works like this:
8797 @example
8798 for(;;)@{
8799 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8800
8801 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8802
8803 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8804 @}
8805 @end example
8806
8807 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8808 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8809 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8810 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8811 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8812 ``LookupCommand()''
8813
8814 @subsection The FOR command
8815
8816 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8817 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8818 command just like any other command.
8819
8820 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8821 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8822 are:
8823
8824 @enumerate 0
8825 @item The ascii text 'for'
8826 @item The start text
8827 @item The test expression
8828 @item The next text
8829 @item The body text
8830 @end enumerate
8831
8832 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8833 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8834 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8835 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8836
8837 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8838 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8839
8840 @example
8841 int
8842 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8843 int *argc,
8844 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8845 @end example
8846
8847 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8848 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8849 still operates in the same basic way.
8850
8851 @subsection FOR command implementation
8852
8853 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8854 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8855
8856 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8857
8858 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8859
8860 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8861 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8862 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8863
8864 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8865 expression and returns a value.
8866
8867 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8868 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8869 @example
8870 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8871
8872 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8873
8874 int
8875 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8876 int argc,
8877 char **argv )
8878 @{
8879 if( argc != 5 )@{
8880 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8881 return ERROR;
8882 @}
8883
8884 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8885
8886 // Execute the start statement.
8887 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8888
8889 // Top of loop test
8890 for(;;)@{
8891 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8892 if( i == 0 )
8893 break;
8894
8895 // Execute the body
8896 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8897
8898 // Execute the LOOP part
8899 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8900 @}
8901
8902 // Return no error
8903 SetResult( interp, "" );
8904 return SUCCESS;
8905 @}
8906 @end example
8907
8908 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8909 in the same basic way.
8910
8911 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8912
8913 @subsection source and find commands
8914 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8915 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8916 @*Remember the parsing rules
8917 @enumerate
8918 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8919 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8920 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8921 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8922 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8923 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8924 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8925 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8926 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8927 @end enumerate
8928 @subsection format command
8929 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8930 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8931 @b{sprintf()}.
8932 @b{Example}
8933 @example
8934 set x 6
8935 set y 7
8936 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8937 @end example
8938 @enumerate
8939 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8940 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8941 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8942 @* Refer to Rule #1
8943 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8944 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8945 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8946 @end enumerate
8947 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8948 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8949 @example
8950 #1 Good
8951 proc someproc @{@} @{
8952 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8953 @}
8954 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8955 #2 Good - no variables
8956 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8957 #3 Good Curly Braces
8958 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8959 puts "Time: [date]"
8960 @}
8961 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8962 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8963 @end example
8964 @enumerate
8965 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8966 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8967 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8968 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8969 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8970 command.
8971 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8972 @*There are 4 examples:
8973 @enumerate
8974 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8975 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8976 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8977 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8978 @end enumerate
8979
8980 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8981 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8982 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8983
8984 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8985 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8986 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8987 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8988 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8989 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8990 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8991 @end enumerate
8992 @subsection Global Variables
8993 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8994 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8995 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8996 @example
8997 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8998 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8999 global x #Global variable X
9000 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9001 @}
9002 @end example
9003 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9004 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9005 @example
9006 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9007 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9008 # Create var name
9009 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9010 # Make it a global
9011 global $vn
9012 # Set it.
9013 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9014 @}
9015 @end example
9016 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9017 @example
9018 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9019 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9020 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9021 @}
9022 @end example
9023
9024 @include fdl.texi
9025
9026 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9027 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9028 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9029 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9030 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9031 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9032
9033 @printindex cp
9034
9035 @node Command and Driver Index
9036 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9037 @printindex fn
9038
9039 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)